Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019

 

or

 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Commission File Number: 001‑37784


GMS INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware

46‑2931287

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

100 Crescent Centre Parkway, Suite 800, Tucker, Georgia

30084

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip code)

(800) 392‑4619

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

 

 

 

 

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchanged on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

 

GMS

 

New York Stock Exchange

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐    No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☒

Accelerated filer ☐

Non‑accelerated filer ☐

Smaller reporting company ☐

Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐   No ☒

The aggregate market value of the common stock of the Registrant held by non‑affiliates of the Registrant on October 31, 2018, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $548.2 million (based on the closing sale price of the Registrant’s common stock on that date as reported on the New York Stock Exchange).

There were 40,374,750 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as of May 31, 2019.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

FORM 10‑K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I  

Item 1  

Business

3

Item 1A  

Risk Factors

9

Item 1B  

Unresolved Staff Comments

25

Item 2  

Properties

25

Item 3  

Legal Proceedings

25

Item 4  

Mine Safety Disclosures

26

PART II  

Item 5  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

26

Item 6  

Selected Financial Data

28

Item 7  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

29

Item 7A  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

47

Item 8  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

48

Item 9  

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

93

Item 9A  

Controls and Procedures

93

Item 9B  

Other Information

93

PART III  

Item 10  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

94

Item 11  

Executive Compensation

94

Item 12  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

94

Item 13  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions and Director Independence

94

Item 14  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

94

PART IV  

Item 15  

Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

95

Item 16  

Form 10-K Summary

98

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Our fiscal year ends on April 30 of each year. References in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K to a fiscal year mean the year in which that fiscal year ends.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10‑K contains “forward‑looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). You can generally identify forward‑looking statements by our use of forward‑looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “seek,” or “should,” or the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. In particular, statements about the markets in which we operate, including growth of our various markets, and statements about our expectations, beliefs, plans, strategies, objectives, prospects, assumptions or future events or performance contained in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 1, “Business” are forward‑looking statements.

We have based these forward‑looking statements on our current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections. While we believe these expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections are reasonable, such forward‑looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 1, “Business,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward‑looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward‑looking statements include:

·

general economic and financial conditions;

·

our dependency upon the commercial and residential construction and residential repair and remodeling, or R&R, markets;

·

competition in our highly fragmented industry and the markets in which we operate;

·

the fluctuations in prices of the products we distribute;

·

the consolidation of our industry;

·

our ability to successfully implement our strategic initiatives, including our growth strategies and cost reduction initiatives;

·

our ability to open new branches and expand into new geographic markets;

·

our ability to successfully identify acquisition candidates, complete and integrate acquisitions and realize anticipated benefits and synergies from completed acquisitions ;

·

product shortages and potential loss of relationships with key suppliers;

·

the seasonality of the commercial and residential construction markets;

·

the potential loss of any significant customers;

·

exposure to product liability and various other claims and litigation;

1

Table of Contents

 

·

our ability to attract and retain key employees;

·

rising health care costs  and labor costs, including the impact of labor and trucking shortages ;

·

the reduction of the quantity of products our customers purchase;

·

the credit risk from our customers;

·

our ability to renew leases for our facilities on favorable terms or identify new facilities;

·

our ability to effectively manage our inventory as our sales volume increases or the prices of the products we distribute fluctuate;

·

an impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets;

·

the impact of federal, state,  provincial and local regulations;

·

the cost of compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and other regulations;

·

significant increases in fuel costs or shortages in the supply of fuel;

·

a cybersecurity breach, including misappropriation of our customers’, employees’ or suppliers’ confidential information, and the potential costs related thereto;

·

a disruption in our IT systems and costs necessary to maintain and update our IT systems;

·

natural or man‑made disruptions to our facilities;

·

our exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities;

·

the risk of our foreign operations , including currency rate fluctuations ;

·

the imposition of tariffs and other trade barriers, and the effect of retaliatory trade measures;

·

our inability to engage in activities that may be in our best long‑term interests because of restrictions in our debt agreements;

·

our current level of indebtedness and our potential to incur additional indebtedness;

·

our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, if at all;

·

our holding company structure;

·

the influence of AEA Investors LP and certain affiliates thereof on us ; and

·

other risks and uncertainties, including those listed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”

Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward‑looking statements. The forward‑looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, may differ materially from the forward‑looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and events in the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward‑looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K, they may not be predictive of results or developments in future periods.

2

 

Table of Contents

 

Any forward‑looking statement that we make in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K speaks only as of the date of such statement. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise, or to publicly announce any update or revision to, any of the forward‑looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, after the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

 

PART I

Item 1.  Business

Company Overview and History

GMS Inc. (“we,” “our,” “us,” or the “Company”) is a distributor of specialty building products including wallboard, suspended ceilings systems, or ceilings, steel framing and other complementary building products.  We purchase products from a large number of manufacturers and then distribute these goods to a customer base consisting of wallboard and ceilings contractors and homebuilders and, to a lesser extent, general contractors and individuals. We operate a network of more than 250 distribution centers across the United States and Canada.  

Since our founding in 1971, we have grown our business through a combination of strategic acquisitions, opening new branch locations (“greenfields”) and organic growth.  On June 1, 2016, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”) of our common stock. On February 28, 2017,  June 7, 2017 and December 14, 2017, certain of our stockholders completed secondary public offerings of our common stock. Following the secondary offering of our common stock on June 7, 2017, the control group consisting of certain affiliates of AEA Investors LP (“AEA”) and certain other of our stockholders no longer controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, we are no longer a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) corporate governance standards.

Acquisition of Titan

On June 1, 2018, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of WSB Titan (“Titan”) , a distributer of wallboard, lumber, insulation and other complementary commercial and residential building materials. Titan is Canada’s largest gypsum specialty distributer with 30 locations across five provinces in Canada. T he stated purchase price was $627.0 million  ($800.0 million Canadian dollars) . As part of the consideration, certain members of existing Titan management converted $35.0 million of their ownership position in Titan into equity that is exchangeable for the Company’s stock. The transaction extended our leadership position in North America with additional scale and footprint, expanded our geographic coverage into the Canadian market and has created opportunities for product expansion in both the United States and Canada.

To finance this transaction, on June 1, 2018, we entered into a Third Amendment to our First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”) that provides for a new first lien term loan facility under the credit agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $996.8 million due in June 2025 that bears interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR plus 2.75%, representing a 25 basis point improvement compared to the interest rate of the existing first lien term loan facility under the credit agreement immediately prior to giving effect to the Third Amendment. We also drew down $143.0 million under our asset backed revolving credit facility. The net proceeds from the new first lien term loan facility, asset backed revolving credit facility and cash on hand were used to repay our existing first lien term loan facility of approximately $571.8 million and to finance the Titan acquisition.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategy entails taking market share within our existing footprint, expanding into new markets by opening new branches and through strategic acquisitions, and expanding our product lines. We expect to continue to capture profitable market share in our existing footprint by delivering industry-leading customer service. Our usual strategy for opening new branches is to further penetrate markets that are adjacent to our existing operations. Typically, we have pre-existing customer relationships in these markets but need a new location to fully capitalize on those relationships. In addition, we will continue to selectively pursue acquisitions. Due to the large, highly fragmented nature

3

 

Table of Contents

 

of our market and our reputation throughout the industry, we believe we have the potential to access a robust acquisition pipeline that will continue to supplement our organic growth. We use a rigorous targeting process to identify acquisition candidates that will fit our culture and business model and have an experienced team of professionals to manage the acquisition and integration processes. As a result of our scale, purchasing power and ability to improve operations through implementing best practices, we believe we can achieve substantial synergies and drive earnings accretion from our acquisition strategy.

Products

We provide a comprehensive product offering of wallboard, ceilings, steel framing and complementary interior construction products. By carrying a full line of wallboard and ceilings along with steel framing and ancillary products, we are able to serve as a one-stop-shop for our customers.  For information on net sales of our products, see Note 17, “Segments” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Wallboard

Wallboard is one of the most widely used building products for interior and exterior walls and ceilings in residential and commercial structures due to its low cost, ease of installation and superior performance in providing comfort, fire resistance, thermal insulation, sound insulation, mold and moisture resistance, impact resistance, aesthetics and design elements. Wallboard is sold in panels of various dimensions, suited to various applications. In commercial and institutional construction projects, architectural specifications and building codes provide requirements related to the thickness of the panels and, in some cases, other characteristics, including fire resistance. In addition, there are wallboard products that provide some additional value in use. These include lighter weight panels, panels with additional sound insulation, and panels coated to provide mold and moisture resistance. In addition to the interior wallboard products described above, exterior sheathing is a water-resistant wallboard product designed for attachment to exterior side-wall framing as an underlayment for various exterior siding materials. These panels are manufactured with a treated, water-resistant core faced with water-repellent paper on both face and back surfaces and long edges.

 

While highly visible and essential, wallboard typically comprises only 3% to 5% of a new home's total cost. Given its low price point relative to other materials, we believe that there is no economical substitute for wallboard in either residential or commercial applications. We believe wallboard demand is driven by a balanced mix of both residential and commercial new construction as well as repair and remodeling (“R&R”) activity.

 

Ceilings

 

Our ceilings product line consists of suspended mineral fiber, soft fiber and metal ceiling systems primarily used in offices, hotels, hospitals, retail facilities, schools and a variety of other commercial and institutional buildings. The principal components of our ceiling systems are typically square mineral fiber tiles and the metal grid that holds the tile in place. The systems vary by acoustical performance characteristics, reflectivity, color, fire protection and aesthetic appeal. In addition to these systems, we have expanded our ceilings product offering to include architectural specialty ceilings. This product line consists of a variety of specialty shapes that provide a room with a unique visual effect as well as enhanced acoustical performance. As a result of the specified, often customized nature of these products, architectural specialty ceilings are a growing, high margin component of our product offering.

 

Our ceilings product line is almost exclusively sold into commercial and institutional applications. Because interior contractors who purchase ceilings frequently buy wallboard from the same distributor, carrying our ceilings product line helps increase our sales of wallboard and other complementary products, which are often delivered together with ceilings to the same worksite as part of a commercial package.

 

In the ceilings market, brand is highly valued and often specified by the architect of a commercial building. Because of our strong market position, we have exclusive access to the leading ceilings brand in many of our local markets. Where we have exclusivity, these specifications help us drive sales of ceilings products as well as all of the complementary products we sell as part of our commercial package. In effect, our exclusivity on the leading ceiling tile brand creates a cycle which helps reinforce our market position in our other products. In addition, because ceiling tile systems differ in size, shape and aesthetic appeal between manufacturers, they are often replaced with the same brand for R&R projects. As a result, the leading brand's installed base of product generates built-in demand for replacement

4

 

Table of Contents

 

product over time. Because we have exclusive access to that brand in certain markets, we benefit from these recurring sales.

 

Steel Framing

Our steel framing product line consists of steel track, studs and the various other steel products used to frame the interior walls of a commercial or institutional building. Typically the contractor who installs the steel framing also installs the wallboard, and the two products, along with ceilings, insulation and other products are sold together as part of a commercial package. Nearly all of our steel framing products are sold for use in commercial buildings.

Other Products

In addition to our three primary product lines, we offer our customers complementary products, including insulation, lumber, ready-mix joint compound and various other interior construction products as well as ancillary products they need to complete the job including tools and safety products. We partner with leading branded vendors for many of these products and merchandise them in showrooms that are adjacent to many of our warehouses. In recent years, through specific initiatives and acquisitions, including Titan, we have expanded our complementary and ancillary product lines in order to further solidify our position as a one-stop-shop for the interior contractor and gain a greater share of their purchases.

Our Industry

 

As the construction market in the North America evolved during the second half of the 20th century, contractors began to specialize in specific trades within the construction process, and specialty distributors emerged to supply them. Wallboard and ceilings installation were some of these trades, and we, along with other specialty distributors, tailored our product offerings and service capabilities to meet the unique needs of those trades. Today, specialty distributors comprise the preferred distribution channel for wallboard and ceilings in both the commercial and residential construction markets.

 

We believe the success of the specialty distribution model in wallboard and ceilings is driven by the strong value proposition provided to our customers. Given the logistical complexity of the distribution services we provide, the expertise needed to execute effectively, and the special equipment required, we believe specialty distributors focused on wallboard and ceilings are best suited to meet contractors’ needs. The main drivers for our products are commercial new construction, commercial R&R, residential new construction and residential R&R.

 

Commercial

 

Our addressable commercial construction market is comprised of a variety of commercial and institutional sub-segments with varying demand drivers. Our commercial markets include offices, hotels, retail stores and other commercial buildings, while our institutional markets include educational facilities, healthcare facilities, government buildings and other institutional facilities. The principal demand drivers across these markets include the overall economic outlook, the general business cycle, government spending, vacancy rates, employment trends, interest rates, availability of credit and demographic trends.

 

We believe commercial R&R spending is typically more stable than new commercial construction activity. Commercial R&R spending is driven by a number of factors, including commercial real estate prices and rental rates, office vacancy rates, government spending and interest rates. Commercial R&R spending is also driven by commercial lease expirations and renewals, as well as tenant turnover. Such events often result in repair, reconfiguration and/or upgrading of existing commercial space.

 

Residential

 

Residential construction activity is driven by a number of factors, including the overall economic outlook, employment, income growth, home prices, availability of mortgage financing and related government regulations, interest rates and consumer confidence, among others.

5

 

Table of Contents

 

 

We believe residential R&R activity is typically more stable than new residential construction activity. The primary drivers of residential R&R spending include changes in existing home prices, existing home sales, the average age of the housing stock, consumer confidence and interest rates.

 

Customers

Our diverse customer base consists of more than 34,500 contractors as well as homebuilders. We maintain local relationships with our contractors through our network of branches and our extensive salesforce. We also serve our large homebuilder customers through our local branches, but are able to coordinate the relationships on a national basis through our corporate facility. Our ability to serve multi-regional homebuilders across their footprints provides value to them and differentiates us from most of our competitors. During fiscal 2019 and 2018, our single largest customer accounted for 2.0%  and 1.9%  of our net sales, respectively, and our top ten customers accounted for 8.8% and 8.5% of our net sales, respectively.

Suppliers

Our leading market position, North American footprint and superior service capabilities have allowed us to develop strong relationships with our suppliers. We maintain exceptional, long-term relationships with all seven major North American wallboard manufacturers, as well as the three major ceilings manufacturers: Armstrong World Industries, Inc., or Armstrong, CertainTeed Corporation and USG Corporation, or USG. Because we account for a meaningful portion of their volumes and provide them with an extensive salesforce to market their products, we are viewed by our suppliers as a key channel partner and often have exclusive relationships with these suppliers in certain markets. We believe this position provides us with advantaged procurement.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing strategy is to provide a comprehensive suite of high-quality products and superior services to contractors and builders reliably, safely, accurately and on-time. We have a highly experienced sales force who manage our customer relationships and grow our customer base. We have strategies to increase our customer base at both the corporate and local branch levels, which focus on building and growing strong relationships with our customers, whether they serve a small local market, or a national footprint. We believe that the experience and expertise of our salesforce differentiates us from our competition particularly in the commercial market, which requires a highly technical and specialized product knowledge and a sophisticated delivery plan.

Competition

We compete against other specialty distributors as well as big box retailers and lumberyards. Among specialty distributors, we compete against a small number of large distributors and many small, local, privately-owned distributors. Our largest competitors include: Allied Building Products (a subsidiary of Beacon Roofing Supply, Inc.), Foundation Building Materials and L&W Supply Co. Inc (a subsidiary of ABC Supply Company). However, we believe smaller, regional or local competitors still comprise approximately half of the North American specialty distribution market. The principal competitive factors in our business include, but are not limited to, availability of materials and supplies; technical product knowledge and expertise; advisory or other service capabilities; delivery capabilities; pricing of products; and availability of credit.

Seasonality

In a typical year, our operating results are impacted by seasonality. Historically, sales of our products have been slightly higher in the first and second quarters of each fiscal year due to favorable weather and longer daylight conditions during these periods. Seasonal variations in operating results may be impacted by inclement weather conditions, such as cold or wet weather, which can delay construction projects.

6

 

Table of Contents

 

Intellectual Property

We own United States trademark registrations for approximately 31 trademarks that we use in our business. Generally, registered trademarks have a perpetual life, provided that they are renewed on a timely basis and continue to be used properly as trademarks. We intend to maintain these trademark registrations as long as they remain valuable to our business. Other than certain of our local brands, the retention of which we believe helps maintain customer loyalty, we do not believe our business is dependent to a material degree on trademarks, patents, copyrights or trade secrets. In addition, other than commercially available software licenses, we do not believe that any of our licenses for third-party intellectual property are material to our business, taken as a whole.

Employees

As of April 30, 2019, we had over 5,800 employees. We do not have a significant amount of employees affiliated with labor unions. We believe that we have good relations with our employees. Additionally, we believe that the training provided through our employee development programs and our entrepreneurial, performance-based culture provides significant benefits to our employees.

Government Regulation

 

While we are not engaged in a “regulated industry,” we are subject to various federal, state, provincial and local government regulations applicable to the business in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including laws and regulations relating to our relationships with our employees, public health and safety, workplace safety, transportation, zoning and fire codes. We strive to operate each of our branches in accordance with applicable laws, codes and regulations. We believe we are in compliance in all material respects with existing applicable environmental laws and regulations and, in addition, that our employment, workplace health and workplace safety practices comply with related regulations.

 

Our operations in domestic interstate commerce are subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the Department of Transportation, or DOT, which has broad administrative powers with respect to our transportation operations. We are subject to safety requirements governing interstate operations prescribed by the DOT. Vehicle dimension and driver hours of service also are subject to both federal and state regulations. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Federal, state, local and other regulations could impose substantial costs and restrictions on our operations that would reduce our net income.” Our operations are also subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, which has broad administrative powers with respect to workplace and jobsite safety.

 

Environmental, Health and Safety

 

We are subject to various federal, state, provincial and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including laws and regulations governing the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, air emissions, water discharges, waste management and disposal, product safety and workplace health and safety. These laws and regulations impose a variety of requirements and restrictions on our operations and the products we distribute. The failure by us to comply with these laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties, enforcement actions, third party claims, damage to property or natural resources and personal injury, requirements to investigate or clean up property or to pay for the costs of investigation or cleanup, or regulatory or judicial orders requiring corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions and could negatively impact our reputation with customers. Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations applicable to our business, the products we distribute and the business of our customers, and the interpretation or enforcement of these laws and regulations, are constantly evolving and it is impossible to predict accurately the effect that changes in these laws and regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, may have upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. Should environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, become more stringent, our costs, or the costs of our customers, could increase, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

7

 

Table of Contents

 

Under certain laws and regulations, such as the U.S. federal Superfund law or its state or foreign equivalents, the obligation to investigate, remediate, monitor and clean up contamination at a facility may be imposed on current and former owners, lessees or operators or on persons who may have sent waste to that facility for disposal. Liability under these laws and regulations may be imposed without regard to fault or to the legality of the activities giving rise to the contamination. Moreover, we may incur liabilities in connection with environmental conditions currently unknown to us relating to our prior, existing or future owned or leased sites or operations or those of predecessor companies whose liabilities we may have assumed or acquired.

 

Available Information

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and in accordance therewith, we file reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available through the investor relations section of our website at www.gms.com. Reports are available free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with, or furnish them to, the SEC. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

In addition to our website, you may read and copy public reports we file with or furnish to the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains our reports, proxy and information statements, and other information that we file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov .

8

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

The following risk factors may be important to understanding any statement in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or elsewhere. Our business, financial condition and operating results can be affected by a number of factors, whether currently known or unknown, including but not limited to those described below. Any one or more of such factors could directly or indirectly cause our actual results of operations and financial condition to vary materially from past or anticipated future results of operations and financial condition. Any of these factors, in whole or in part, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

 

Our business is affected by general business, financial market and economic conditions, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our business and results of operations are significantly affected by general business, financial market and economic conditions in the United States and Canada. General business, financial market and economic conditions that could impact the level of activity in the commercial and residential construction and the R&R markets include, among others, interest rate fluctuations, inflation, unemployment levels, tax rates and policy, capital spending, bankruptcies, volatility in both the debt and equity capital markets, liquidity of the global financial markets, credit and mortgage markets, consumer confidence, global economic growth, local, state, provincial and federal government regulation and the strength of regional and local economies in which we operate.  Because our markets are sensitive to changes in the economy, downturns (or lack of substantial improvement) in the economy in any region in which we operate could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

 

Our sales are in part dependent upon the commercial new construction market and the commercial R&R market.

 

We cannot predict the duration of the current market conditions or the timing or strength of any future recovery or downturn of commercial construction activity in our markets. Weakness in the commercial construction market and the commercial R&R market, would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, uncertainty about current and future economic conditions will continue to pose a risk to our business that serves the commercial construction and R&R markets as participants in this industry may postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and/or declines in income or asset values, which could have a continued material negative effect on the demand for our products and services.

 

Our sales are also in part dependent upon the residential new construction market and home R&R activity.

 

The distribution of our products, particularly wallboard, to contractors serving the residential market represents a significant portion of our business. Though its cyclicality has historically been somewhat moderated by R&R activity, wallboard demand is highly correlated with housing starts. Housing starts and R&R activity, in turn, are dependent upon a number of factors, including housing demand, housing inventory levels, housing affordability, building mix between single- and multi-family homes, foreclosure rates, geographical shifts in the population and other changes in demographics, the availability of land, local zoning and permitting processes, the availability of construction financing, and the health of the economy and mortgage markets, including related government regulations. Unfavorable changes in any of these factors beyond our control could adversely affect consumer spending, result in decreased demand for homes and adversely affect our business.

 

Although the homebuilding industry has improved over the past several years, housing start activity remains below their long-term historical averages. There is still uncertainty regarding whether the recovery will be sustained, and there can be no assurances that there will not be any future downturns. There can be no assurances regarding whether more recent growth in our markets can be sustained or if demand will ever return to historical averages. In addition, some analysts project that the demand for residential construction may be negatively impacted as the number of renting households has increased in recent years and a shortage in the supply of affordable housing is expected to result in lower home ownership rates. The timing and extent of the continued recovery in homebuilding and the resulting impact on demand for our products are uncertain. Further, even if homebuilding activity fully recovers, the impact of such recovery on our business may be suppressed if, for example, the average selling price or average size of new single family homes

9

 

Table of Contents

 

decreases, which could cause homebuilders to decrease spending on our services and the products we distribute.

        

We also rely, in part, on home R&R activity. Although the market for residential R&R has improved in recent years, there is no guarantee that it will continue to improve. High unemployment levels, high mortgage delinquency and foreclosure rates, lower home prices, limited availability of mortgage and home improvement financing and significantly lower housing turnover may restrict consumer spending, particularly on discretionary items such as home improvement projects, and affect consumer confidence levels leading to reduced spending in the R&R end markets. Furthermore, consumer preferences and purchasing practices and the strategies of our customers may adjust in a manner that could result in changes to the nature and prices of products demanded by the end consumer and our customers and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows .

 

Our industry and the markets in which we operate are highly fragmented and competitive, and increased competitive pressure may adversely affect our results.

 

We currently compete in the wallboard, ceilings and complementary interior construction products distribution markets primarily with smaller distributors, but we also face competition from a number of national and multi-regional distributors of building materials, some of which are larger and have greater financial resources than us.

 

Competition varies depending on product line, type of customer and geographic area. If our competitors have greater financial resources, they may be able to offer higher levels of service or a broader selection of inventory than we can. Furthermore, any of our competitors may (i) foresee the course of market development more accurately than we do, (ii) provide superior service and sell or distribute superior products, (iii) have the ability to supply or deliver similar products and services at a lower cost, (iv) develop stronger relationships with our customers and other consumers in the industry in which we operate, (v) adapt more quickly to evolving customer requirements than we do, (vi) develop a superior network of distribution centers in our markets or (vii) access financing on more favorable terms than we can obtain. As a result, we may not be able to compete successfully with our competitors.

 

Competition can also reduce demand for our products, negatively affect our product sales or cause us to lower prices. The consolidation of homebuilders may result in increased competition for their business. Certain product manufacturers that sell and distribute their products directly to homebuilders may increase the volume of such direct sales. Our suppliers may also elect to enter into exclusive supplier arrangements with other distributors.

 

Our customers consider the performance of the products we distribute, our customer service and price when deciding whether to use our services or purchase the products we distribute. Excess industry capacity for certain products in several geographic markets could lead to increased price competition. We may be unable to maintain our operating costs or product prices at a level that is sufficiently low for us to compete effectively. If we are unable to compete effectively with our existing competitors or new competitors enter the markets in which we operate, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected.

 

We are subject to significant pricing pressures.

 

Large contractors and homebuilders in both the commercial and residential industries have historically been able to exert significant pressure on their outside suppliers and distributors to keep prices low in the highly fragmented building products supply and services industry. Continued consolidation in the commercial and residential industries and changes in builders’ purchasing policies and payment practices could result in even further pricing pressure. A decline in the prices of the products we distribute could adversely impact our operating results. When the prices of the products we distribute decline, customer demand for lower prices could result in lower sales prices and, to the extent that our inventory at the time was purchased at higher costs, lower margins. Alternatively, due to the rising market price environment, our suppliers may increase prices or reduce discounts on the products we distribute and we may be unable to pass on any cost increase to our customers, thereby resulting in reduced margins and profits. Overall, these pricing pressures may adversely affect our operating results and cash flows.

 

10

 

Table of Contents

 

The trend toward consolidation in our industry may negatively impact our business.

 

Customer demands and supplier capabilities have resulted in consolidation in our industry, which could cause markets to become more competitive as greater economies of scale are achieved by distributors that are able to efficiently expand their operations. We believe these customer demands could result in fewer overall distributors operating multiple locations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively take advantage of this trend toward consolidation which may make it more difficult for us to maintain operating margins and could also increase the competition for acquisition targets in our industry, resulting in higher acquisition costs and prices.

 

We may be unable to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes pursuing strategic acquisitions and opening new branches.

 

Our long-term business strategy depends in part on increasing our sales and growing our market share through strategic acquisitions and opening new branches. If we fail to identify and acquire suitable acquisition targets on appropriate terms, our growth strategy may be materially and adversely affected. Further, if our operating results decline as a result of reduced activity in the residential or commercial construction markets, we may be unable to obtain the capital required to effect new acquisitions or open new branches.

 

In addition, we may not be able to integrate the operations of future acquired businesses in an efficient and cost-effective manner or without significant disruption to our existing operations. Moreover, acquisitions involve significant risks and uncertainties, including uncertainties as to the future financial performance of the acquired business, difficulties integrating acquired personnel and corporate cultures into our business, the potential loss of key employees, customers or suppliers, difficulties in integrating different computer and accounting systems, exposure to unknown or unforeseen liabilities of acquired companies, difficulties implementing disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting for the acquired businesses, and the diversion of management attention and resources from existing operations. We may be unable to successfully complete potential acquisitions due to multiple factors, such as issues related to regulatory review of the proposed transactions. We may also be required to incur additional debt in order to consummate acquisitions in the future, which debt may be substantial and may limit our flexibility in using our cash flow from operations. Our failure to integrate future acquired businesses effectively or to manage other consequences of our acquisitions, including increased indebtedness, could prevent us from remaining competitive and, ultimately, could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing our equity securities or securities convertible into our equity securities, our existing stockholders would be diluted, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. We could also finance an acquisition with debt, resulting in higher leverage and interest costs relating to the acquisition. As a result, if we fail to evaluate and execute acquisitions efficiently, we may not ultimately experience the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions, and we may incur costs that exceed our expectations.

 

We may not be able to expand into new geographic markets, which may impact our ability to grow our business.

 

We intend to continue to pursue our growth strategy to expand into new geographic markets for the foreseeable future. Our expansion into new geographic markets may present competitive, distribution and other challenges that differ from the challenges we currently face. In addition, we may be less familiar with the customers in these markets and may ultimately face different or additional risks, as well as increased or unexpected costs, compared to those we experience in our existing markets. Expansion into new geographic markets may also expose us to direct competition with companies with whom we have limited or no past experience as competitors. To the extent we rely upon expanding into new geographic markets and do not meet, or are unprepared for, any new challenges posed by such expansion, our future sales growth could be negatively impacted, our operating costs could increase, and our business and results of operations could be negatively affected.

 

We may be unable to fully realize expected benefits from our recent acquisition of Titan.

 

On June 1, 2018, we acquired Titan,  Canada’s largest gypsum specialty distributer with 30 locations across five provinces in Canada. We expect to achieve operating and capital synergies as a result of our acquisition of Titan. If we are unable to continue to successfully integrate the business, or integrate them in a timely fashion, we may face material adverse effects including, but not limited to the diversion of the attention of management and key personnel and

11

 

Table of Contents

 

potential disruption of our ongoing businesses; customer losses; the loss of quality employees; adverse developments in vendor relationships; declines in our results of operations and financial condition; and a decline in the market price of our common stock. Even if we successfully integrate the businesses, there can be no assurance that the integration will result in the realization of the full benefit of the anticipated synergies and cost savings or that these benefits will be realized within the expected time frames.

 

Product shortages, loss of key suppliers or failure to develop relationships with qualified suppliers, and our dependence on third-party suppliers and manufacturers could affect our financial health.

 

The products we distribute are manufactured by a number of major suppliers. Our ability to offer a wide variety of products to our customers is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate product supply from manufacturers and other suppliers. Generally, the products we distribute are obtainable from various sources and in sufficient quantities. However, any disruption in our sources of supply, particularly of the most commonly sold items, could result in a loss of revenues, reduced margins and damage to our relationships with customers. Supply shortages may occur as a result of unanticipated increases in demand, shortage of raw materials, including the availability of synthetic gypsum, or difficulties in production or delivery. When shortages occur, our suppliers often allocate products among distributors. The loss of, or a substantial decrease in the availability of, products from our suppliers or the loss of key supplier arrangements, such as those whereby we are afforded exclusive distribution rights in certain geographic areas, could adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

 

Our ability to maintain relationships with qualified suppliers who can satisfy our high standards for quality and our need to be supplied with products in a timely and efficient manner is a significant challenge. Our suppliers’ ability to provide us with products can also be adversely affected in the event they become financially unstable, particularly in light of continuing economic difficulties in various regions of the United States and the world, fail to comply with applicable laws, encounter supply disruptions, shipping interruptions or increased costs, or they become faced with other factors beyond our control.

 

Although in some instances we have agreements with our suppliers, these agreements are generally terminable by either party on limited notice. If market conditions change, suppliers may stop offering us favorable terms. Failure by our suppliers to continue to supply us with products on favorable terms, commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could put pressure on our operating margins or could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows .

 

The commercial and residential construction markets are seasonal.

 

The markets in which we operate are seasonal. Although weather patterns affect our operating results throughout the year, the months of November through February have historically been, and are generally expected to continue to be, adversely affected by weather patterns in some of our markets, causing reduced commercial and residential construction activity. We experience seasonal variation as a result of our customers’ dependence on suitable weather to engage in construction, R&R projects. For example, during the winter months, construction activity generally declines due to inclement weather and shorter daylight hours. In addition, to the extent that hurricanes, severe storms, earthquakes, floods, fires, other natural disasters or similar events occur in the markets in which we operate, our business may be adversely affected. As a result, our operating results have historically varied significantly between fiscal quarters, and we anticipate that we will continue to experience these quarterly fluctuations in the future.

 

The loss of any of our significant customers or a reduction in the quantity of products they purchase could affect our financial health.

 

Our ten largest customers generated approximately 8.8%, 8.5% and 8.7% of our net sales in the aggregate for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We cannot guarantee that we will maintain or improve our relationships with these customers, or successfully assume the customer relationships of any businesses that we acquire, or that we will continue to supply these customers at historical levels. Due to the weak housing market in recent years in comparison to long-term averages, many of our homebuilder customers substantially reduced their construction activity. Some of our homebuilder customers exited or severely curtailed building activity in certain of our markets.

 

In addition, professional homebuilders, commercial builders and other customers may: (i) purchase some of the

12

 

Table of Contents

 

products that we currently sell and distribute directly from manufacturers; (ii) elect to establish their own building products manufacturing and distribution facilities; or (iii) favor doing business with manufacturing or distribution intermediaries in which they have an economic stake. Continued consolidation among professional homebuilders and commercial builders could also result in a loss of some of our present customers to our competitors. The loss of one or more of our significant customers or deterioration in our existing relationships with any of our customers could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Furthermore, our customers typically are not required to purchase any minimum amount of products from us. Should our customers purchase the products we distribute in significantly lower quantities than they have in the past, or should the customers of any businesses that we acquire purchase products from us in significantly lower quantities than they had prior to our acquisition of the business, such decreased purchases could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows .

 

We are exposed to product liability, warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment and other claims and legal proceedings related to our business, the products we distribute, the services we provide and services provided for us by third parties.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims and litigation. Any such claims, whether with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources. The building materials industry has been subject to personal injury and property damage claims arising from alleged exposure to raw materials contained in building products as well as claims for incidents of catastrophic loss, such as building fires. As a distributor of building materials, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of the products we have distributed in the past or may in the future distribute is alleged to have resulted in economic loss, personal injury or property damage or violated environmental, health or safety or other laws. Such product liability claims have included and may in the future include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. In particular, certain of our subsidiaries have been the subject of claims related to alleged exposure to asbestos-containing products they distributed prior to 1979, which have not materially impacted our financial condition or operating results. See “Item 3, Legal Proceedings.” We are also from time to time subject to casualty, contract, tort and other claims relating to our business, the products we have distributed in the past or may in the future distribute, and the services we have provided in the past or may in the future provide, either directly or through third parties. If any such claim were adversely determined, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be adversely affected if we were unable to seek indemnification for such claims or were not adequately insured for such claims. We rely on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with the products we sell or distribute. Since we do not have direct control over the quality of products that are manufactured or supplied to us by third-parties, we are particularly vulnerable to risks relating to the quality of such products. In addition, we are exposed to potential claims arising from the conduct of our employees, builders and their subcontractors, and third-party installers for which we may be liable. We and they are subject to regulatory requirements and risks applicable to general contractors, which include management of licensing, permitting and quality of third-party installers. As they apply to our business, if we fail to manage these processes effectively or provide proper oversight of these services, we could suffer lost sales, fines and lawsuits, as well as damage to our reputation, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In addition, claims and investigations may arise related to distributor relationships, commercial contracts, antitrust or competition law requirements, employment matters, employee benefits issues, consumer privacy concerns and other compliance and regulatory matters, including anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters. While we have processes and policies designed to mitigate these risks and to investigate and address such claims as they arise, we cannot predict or, in some cases, control the costs to defend or resolve such claims.

 

Although we believe we currently maintain suitable and adequate insurance in excess of our self-insured amounts, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms or that such insurance will provide adequate protection against potential liabilities, and the cost of any product liability, warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment or other litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Additionally, we do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts. There can be no assurance that any current or future claims will not adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

13

 

Table of Contents

 

Our operations are subject to various hazards that may cause personal injury or property damage and increase our operating costs, and which may exceed the coverage of our insurance.

        

There are inherent risks to our operations. Our delivery employees are subject to the usual hazards associated with providing services on construction sites, while our distribution center personnel are subject to the hazards associated with moving and storing large quantities of heavy materials. In addition, we employ drivers in connection with our distribution operations and, from time to time, these drivers are involved in accidents which may cause injuries and in which goods carried by these drivers may be lost or damaged. Our trucks with articulating boom loaders, particularly when loaded, expose our drivers and others to traffic hazards.

        

Operating hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, building and equipment and environmental damage, and we cannot eliminate these risks. We maintain vehicle and commercial insurance to cover property damages and personal injuries resulting from traffic accidents, and rely on state mandated social insurance for work-related injuries of our employees. Nevertheless, any claim that exceeds the scope of our insurance coverage, if successful and of sufficient magnitude, could result in the incurrence of substantial costs and the diversion of resources, which could have a material adverse effect on us. A material increase in the frequency or severity of accidents, claims for lost or damaged goods, liability claims, workers’ compensation claims, or unfavorable resolutions of any such claims could also adversely affect our results of operations to the extent such claims are not covered by our insurance or such losses exceed our reserves. Further, significant increases in insurance costs or the inability to purchase insurance as a result of these claims could reduce our profitability and have an adverse effect on our results of operations. The timing of the incurrence of these costs could significantly and adversely impact our results of operations compared to prior periods.

 

Failure to attract and retain key employees could have a significant adverse effect on our business.

        

Our success depends in part on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified managerial, operational, sales and other personnel. We face significant competition for these types of employees in our industry and from other industries. We may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining the personnel we require to conduct and expand our operations successfully. In addition, key personnel may leave us and compete against us. Our success also depends to a significant extent on the continued service of our senior management team. We may be unsuccessful in replacing key managers who either resign or retire. The loss of any member of our senior management team or other experienced senior employees could impair our ability to execute our business plan, cause us to lose customers and reduce our net sales, or lead to employee morale problems and/or the loss of other key employees. In any such event, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

 

In April 2019, we announced a leadership succession plan pursuant to which John C. Turner, Jr. will succeed Mike Callahan as our Chief Executive Officer in August 2019. In October 2018, we also announced the resignation of Douglas Goforth as our Chief Financial Officer and appointed Lynn Ross as our Interim Chief Financial Officer in January 2019. Any significant leadership change or executive management transition involves inherent risk and any failure to ensure the effective transfer of knowledge and a smooth transition could hinder our strategic planning, execution and future performance.

 

Higher health care costs and labor costs could adversely affect our business.

        

As a result of the passage in 2010 of the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or the ACA, we are required to provide affordable coverage, as defined in the ACA, to all employees, or otherwise be subject to a payment per employee based on the affordability criteria in the ACA. Additionally, some states and localities have passed state and local laws mandating the provision of certain levels of health benefits by some employers. Efforts to modify, repeal or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the ACA and/or adopt a replacement healthcare reform law may impact our employee healthcare costs. At this time, there is uncertainty concerning whether the ACA will be repealed or what requirements will be included in a new law, if enacted. Increased health care and insurance costs as well as other changes in federal or state workplace regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our employees and affect our operating costs. These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax

14

 

Table of Contents

 

rates, workers' compensation rates, overtime, family leave, safety standards, payroll taxes, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for employees classified as non-exempt. As our employees may be paid at rates that relate to the applicable minimum wage, further increases in the minimum wage could increase our labor costs. Significant additional government regulations could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, we compete with other companies for many of our employees in hourly positions, and we invest significant resources to train and motivate our employees to maintain a high level of job satisfaction. Our hourly employment positions have historically had high turnover rates, which can lead to increased spending on training and retention and, as a result, increased labor costs. If we are unable to effectively retain highly qualified employees in the future, it could adversely impact our results of operations.

 

The majority of our net sales are credit sales that are made primarily to customers whose ability to pay is dependent, in part, upon the economic strength of the industry and geographic areas in which they operate, and the failure to collect or timely collect monies owed from customers could adversely affect our financial condition.

 

The majority of our net sales volume is facilitated through the extension of credit to our customers whose ability to pay is dependent, in part, upon the economic strength of the industry in the areas where they operate. We offer credit to customers, either through unsecured credit that is based solely upon the creditworthiness of the customer, or secured credit for materials sold for a specific construction project where we establish a security interest in the material used in the project. The type of credit we offer depends both on the customer's financial strength and the nature of the business in which the customer is involved. End users, resellers and other non-contractor customers typically purchase more on unsecured credit than secured credit. If any of our customers are unable to repay credit that we have extended in a timely manner, or at all, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows would be adversely affected. Further, our collections efforts with respect to non-paying or slow-paying customers could negatively impact our customer relations going forward.

 

Because we depend on certain of our customers to repay extensions of credit, if the financial condition of our customers declines, our credit risk could increase as a result. Significant contraction in the commercial and residential construction markets, coupled with limited credit availability and stricter financial institution underwriting standards, could adversely affect the operations and financial stability of certain of our customers. Should one or more of our larger customers declare bankruptcy, it could adversely affect the collectability of our accounts receivable, bad debt reserves and net income.

 

We occupy many of our facilities under long-term non-cancellable leases, and we may be unable to renew our leases at the end of their terms.

 

Many of our facilities and distribution centers are located on leased premises subject to non-cancellable leases. Typically, our leases have initial terms ranging from three to five years, with options to renew for specified periods of time. We believe that our future leases will likely also be long-term and non-cancellable and have similar renewal options. If we close or stop fully utilizing a facility, we will most likely remain obligated to perform under the applicable lease, which would include, among other things, making the base rent payments, and paying insurance, taxes and other expenses on the leased property for the remainder of the lease term. Our inability to terminate a lease when we stop fully utilizing a facility or exit a geographic market can have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. In addition, at the end of the lease term and any renewal period for a facility, we may be unable to renew the lease without substantial additional cost, if at all. If we are unable to renew our facility leases, we may close or relocate a facility, which could subject us to construction and other costs and risks, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. Further, we may not be able to secure a replacement facility in a location that is as commercially viable, including access to rail service, as the lease we are unable to renew. Having to close a facility, even briefly to relocate, would reduce the sales that such facility would have contributed to our revenues. Additionally, a relocated facility may generate less revenue and profit, if any, than the facility it was established to replace.

 

15

 

Table of Contents

 

We may be unable to effectively manage our inventory and working capital as our sales volume increases or the prices of the products we distribute fluctuate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

        

We purchase products, including wallboard, ceilings, steel framing and other specialty building materials, from manufacturers which are then sold and distributed to customers. We must maintain, and have adequate working capital to purchase, sufficient inventory to meet customer demand. Due to the lead times required by our suppliers, we order products in advance of expected sales. As a result, we are required to forecast our sales and purchase accordingly. In periods characterized by significant changes in economic growth and activity in the commercial and residential building and home R&R industries, it can be especially difficult to forecast our sales accurately. We must also manage our working capital to fund our inventory purchases. Excessive increases in the market prices of certain building products, such as wallboard, ceilings and steel framing, can put negative pressure on our operating cash flows by requiring us to invest more in inventory. In the future, if we are unable to effectively manage our inventory and working capital as we attempt to expand our business, our cash flows may be negatively affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

An impairment of goodwill could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        

As April 30, 2019, we had $617.3 million of goodwill. We perform an impairment test of our goodwill annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or when events occur or circumstances change that would more-likely-than-not indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances, indicating that the carrying value of our goodwill may not be recoverable, include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, reduced future cash flow estimates and slower growth rates in our industry. Our annual impairment tests resulted in no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017. However, deterioration in estimated future cash flows in our reporting units could result in future goodwill impairment. Changes to our business strategy, changes in industry or market conditions, changes in operating performance or other indicators of impairment could cause us to record a significant impairment charge during the period in which the impairment is determined, negatively impacting our results of operations and financial position.

 

Federal, state, provincial, local and other regulations could impose substantial costs and restrictions on our operations that would reduce our net income.

        

We are subject to various federal, state, provincial, local and other laws and regulations, including, among other things, transportation regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Transportation, or the DOT, work safety regulations promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, employment regulations promulgated by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor, accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or similar entities, consumer protection laws regarding privacy, and state and local zoning restrictions, building codes and contractors’ licensing regulations. More burdensome regulatory requirements in these or other areas may increase our general and administrative costs and adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Moreover, failure to comply with the regulatory requirements applicable to our business could expose us to litigation and substantial fines and penalties that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        

Our transportation operations, upon which we depend to distribute products from our distribution centers, are subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the DOT, which has broad administrative powers with respect to our transportation operations. Vehicle dimensions and driver hours of service also are subject to both federal and state regulation. More restrictive limitations on vehicle weight and size, trailer length and configuration, or driver hours of service would increase our costs, which, if we are unable to pass these cost increases on to our customers, may increase our selling, general and administrative expenses and adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. If we fail to comply adequately with the DOT regulations or regulations become more stringent, we could experience increased inspections, regulatory authorities could take remedial action including imposing fines or shutting down our operations or we could be subject to increased audit and compliance costs. If any of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be adversely affected.

        

In addition, the commercial and residential construction industries are subject to various local, state and federal statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations concerning zoning, building design and safety, construction, contractor

16

 

Table of Contents

 

licensing, energy conservation and similar matters, including regulations that impose restrictive zoning and density requirements on the residential new construction industry or that limit the number of homes or other buildings that can be built within the boundaries of a particular area. Regulatory restrictions may increase our operating expenses and limit the availability of suitable building lots for our customers, any of which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations could be expensive. Failure to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations could subject us to significant liability.

        

We are subject to various federal, state, provincial and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including laws and regulations governing the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, air emissions, water discharges, waste management and disposal, product safety and the health and safety of our employees and customers. These laws and regulations impose a variety of requirements and restrictions on our operations and the products we distribute. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties, enforcement actions, third party claims, damage to property or natural resources and personal injury, requirements to investigate or cleanup property or to pay for the costs of investigation or cleanup, or regulatory or judicial orders requiring corrective measures, including the installation of pollution control equipment or remedial actions and could negatively impact our reputation with customers. Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations applicable to our business, the products we distribute and the business of our customers, and the interpretation or enforcement of these laws and regulations, are constantly evolving and it is difficult to accurately predict the effect that changes in these laws and regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, may have upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. Should environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, or their interpretation or enforcement, become more stringent, our costs, or the costs of our customers, could increase, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        

Under certain environmental laws and regulations, such as the U.S. federal Superfund law or its state or foreign equivalents, the obligation to investigate, remediate, monitor and clean up contamination at a facility may be imposed on current and former owners, lessees or operators or on persons who may have sent waste to that facility for disposal. Liability under these laws and regulations may be imposed without regard to fault or to the legality of the activities giving rise to the contamination. Contamination has been identified at several of our current and former facilities, and we have incurred and will continue to incur costs to investigate, remediate, monitor and otherwise address these conditions. Moreover, we may incur liabilities in connection with environmental conditions currently unknown to us relating to our prior, existing or future owned or leased sites or operations or those of predecessor companies whose liabilities we may have assumed or acquired.

 

Any significant fuel cost increases or shortages in the supply of fuel could disrupt our ability to distribute products to our customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We currently use our own fleet of owned and leased delivery vehicles to service customers in the regions in which we operate. As a result, we are inherently dependent upon energy to operate and are impacted by changes in fuel prices. The cost of fuel is largely unpredictable and has a significant impact on our results of operations. Fuel availability, as well as pricing, is also impacted by political, economic and market factors that are outside our control. It is difficult to predict the future availability of fuel due to the following factors, among others:

 

·

dependency on foreign imports of crude oil and the potential for hostilities or other conflicts in oil producing areas; 

·

limited refining capacity; and 

·

the possibility of changes in governmental policies on fuel production, transportation and marketing.

       

Significant increases in the cost of fuel or disruptions in the supply of fuel could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

17

 

Table of Contents

 

Cybersecurity breaches could harm our business.

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners, and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, in our data centers and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. We have incurred costs and may incur significant additional costs in order to implement the security measures that we feel are appropriate to protect our IT systems. Our security measures are focused on the prevention, detection and remediation of damage from computer viruses, natural or man-made disasters, unauthorized access, cyber attacks and other similar disruptions. Despite our security measures, our IT systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. To date, we have not experienced a material breach of our IT systems. Any attacks on our IT systems could result in our systems or data being breached or damaged by computer viruses or unauthorized physical or electronic access. Such a breach could result in not only business disruption, but also theft of our intellectual property or other competitive information or unauthorized access to controlled data and any personal information stored in our IT systems. To the extent that any data is lost or destroyed or any confidential information is inappropriately disclosed or used, it could adversely affect our competitive position or customer relationships. In addition, any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, damage our reputation and cause a loss of confidence in our business, products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, profitability and cash flows.

 

A disruption of our IT systems could adversely impact our business and operations.

        

We rely on the accuracy, capacity and security of our IT systems, some of which are managed or hosted by third parties, and our ability to continually update these systems in response to the changing needs of our business. Our IT systems and those of our third-party service providers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fires, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornados, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, power loss, capacity limitations, telecommunications failures, software and hardware defects or malfunctions, break-ins, sabotage and vandalism, human error and other disruptions that are beyond our control. We continue to invest capital to enhance, expand and increase the reliability of our network, but these capital expenditures may not achieve the results we expect. The occurrence of any disruption or system failure or other significant disruption to business continuity may result in a loss of business, increase expenses, damage our reputation or expose us to litigation and possible financial losses, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Natural or man-made disruptions to our facilities may adversely affect our business and operations.

        

We currently maintain distribution facilities throughout the United States and Canada, as well as our corporate headquarters in Tucker, Georgia, which supports our facilities with various back office functions. In the event any of our facilities are damaged or operations are disrupted from fire, earthquake, hurricanes and other weather-related events, an act of terrorism or any other cause, a significant portion of our inventory could be damaged and our ability to distribute products to customers could be materially impaired. Moreover, we could incur significantly higher costs and experience longer lead times associated with distributing products to our customers during the time that it takes for us to reopen or replace a damaged facility. Disruptions to the transportation infrastructure systems in the United States and Canada, including those related to a terrorist attack or changes in response to terrorism threats or attacks, may also affect our ability to keep our operations and services functioning properly. If any of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

We may have exposure to greater than anticipated tax liabilities and we may be limited in the use of our net operating losses in the future.

 

Our future income taxes could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles or interpretations thereof. Our determination of our tax liability is always subject to review by applicable tax authorities. Any adverse outcome of such a review could have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition. In addition, the determination of our provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities requires significant judgment, and there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

18

 

Table of Contents

 

 

Our Canadian operations could have a material adverse effect on us, including currency rate fluctuations.

 

On June 1, 2018, we acquired Titan, a distributer of wallboard, lumber, insulation and other complementary commercial and residential building materials with 30 locations across five provinces in Canada. We are subject to a number of risks specific to this country. We may also become subject to risks specific to other countries where we may complete acquisitions. These risks include social, political and economic instability, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade barriers, currency exchange fluctuations, acts of war or terrorism and import/export requirements. Our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars with international transactions being translated into U.S. dollars. Our exposure to currency rate fluctuations could be material to the extent that currency rate changes are significant or that our international operations comprise a larger percentage of our consolidated results. In addition, such fluctuations may also affect the comparability of our results between financial periods.   We do not currently hedge the net investments in our foreign operations. There can be no assurances that any of these factors will not materially impact our production cost or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Trade policies could make sourcing product from foreign countries more difficult or more costly.

 

We source some of our products from outside of the United States. Suppliers that we utilize may rely upon non-domestic products, and therefore, any significant changes to the United States trade policies (and those of other countries in response) may cause a material adverse effect on our ability to procure products from suppliers that source from other countries or significantly increase the costs of obtaining such products, which could result in a material adverse effect on our financial results.

 

Risks Relating to Our Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The agreements that govern our indebtedness contain various financial covenants that could limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our best long-term interests.

        

The agreements that govern our indebtedness include covenants that, among other things, may impose significant operating and financial restrictions, including restrictions on our ability to engage in activities that may be in our best long-term interests. These covenants may restrict our ability to:

 

·

incur additional indebtedness; 

·

create or maintain liens on property or assets; 

·

make investments, loans and advances; 

·

sell certain assets or engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations; 

·

redeem debt; 

·

pay dividends and repurchase our shares; and 

·

enter into transactions with affiliates.

        

In addition, under the terms of our senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”), we may at times be required to comply with a specified fixed charge coverage ratio. Our ability to meet this ratio could be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure that we will meet this ratio.

        

A breach of any of the covenants under any of our debt agreements would result in a default under such agreement. If any such default occurs, the administrative agent under the agreement would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the agreement and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor. This could have serious adverse consequences on our financial condition and could cause us to become insolvent.

 

Our current indebtedness, degree of leverage and any future indebtedness we may incur, may adversely affect our cash flow, limit our operational and financing flexibility and negatively impact our business and our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and declare dividends and make other distributions.

 

As of April 30, 2019,  $986.9 million was outstanding under our senior secured first lien term loan facility (“the First Lien Facility”) and $44.0 million was outstanding under our ABL Facility. We may incur substantial additional

19

 

Table of Contents

 

debt in the future. The ABL Facility, First Lien Facility and other debt instruments we may enter into in the future, may have significant consequences to our business and, as a result, may impact our stockholders, including:

 

·

impairing our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes; 

·

requiring us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flows from operations to pay interest on any outstanding indebtedness, which would reduce the funds available to us for operations and other purposes; 

·

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business, the industries in which we operate; 

·

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness; 

·

making us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; 

·

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and, therefore, more able to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting; 

·

impairing our ability to refinance existing indebtedness or borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other purposes; 

·

restricting our ability to pay dividends, make other distributions and repurchase our shares; and 

·

adversely affecting our credit ratings.

        

Any of the above listed factors could materially adversely affect our financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.

        

Furthermore, we expect that we will depend primarily on cash generated by our operations in order to pay our expenses and any amounts due under our existing indebtedness and any future indebtedness we may incur. As a result, our ability to repay our indebtedness depends on the future performance of our business, which will be affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, many of which we cannot control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future and we may not achieve our currently anticipated growth in revenues and cash flows, either or both of which could result in our being unable to repay indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. If we do not have enough funds, we may be required to refinance all or part of our then existing indebtedness, sell assets or borrow additional funds, in each case on terms that may not be acceptable to us, if at all. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, including our existing ABL Facility, may restrict us from engaging in any of these alternatives. Our ability to recapitalize and incur additional debt in the future could also delay or prevent a change in control of our Company, make certain transactions more difficult to complete or impose additional financial or other covenants on us.

 

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt.

        

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, including secured debt. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, including obligations under operating lease arrangements. In addition, the ABL Facility provides a commitment of up to $345.0 million, subject to a borrowing base. As of April 30, 2019, we were able to borrow an additional $ 291.4  million under the ABL Facility. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

 

An increase in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.

        

Our First Lien Facility and ABL Facility bear interest at variable rates. We have entered into interest rate swaps with the objective of minimizing the risks associated with our First Lien Facility. However, increases in interest rates with respect to any amount of our debt not covered by the interest rate swaps could increase the cost of servicing our debt and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. Such increases may occur from changes in regulatory standards or industry practices, such as the contemplated transition away from the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) as a benchmark reference for short-term interests. Such a transition may result in the usage of a higher reference rate for our variable rate debt. Excluding the effect of the interest rate swaps and the interest rate floor on the

20

 

Table of Contents

 

First Lien Facility, each 1% increase in interest rates on the First Lien Facility would increase our annual interest expense by $9.9 million based on balances outstanding under the First Lien Facility as of April 30, 2019. Assuming the ABL Facility was fully drawn up to the $345.0 million maximum commitment, each 1% increase in interest rates would result in a $3.5 million increase in annual interest expense on the ABL Facility.

 

We may have future capital needs that require us to incur additional debt and may be unable to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, if at all.

        

We rely substantially on the liquidity provided by our existing ABL Facility and cash on hand to provide working capital and fund our operations. Our working capital and capital expenditure requirements are likely to grow as the commercial and residential construction markets improve and we execute our strategic growth plan. Economic and credit market conditions, the performance of the commercial and residential construction markets, and our financial performance, as well as other factors, may constrain our financing abilities. Our ability to secure additional financing, if available, and to satisfy our financial obligations under indebtedness outstanding from time to time will depend upon our future operating performance, the availability of credit, economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. The prolonged continuation or worsening of current housing market conditions and the macroeconomic factors that affect our industry could require us to seek additional capital and have a material adverse effect on our ability to secure such capital on favorable terms, if at all.

        

We may be unable to secure additional financing or financing on favorable terms or our operating cash flow may be insufficient to satisfy our financial obligations under our outstanding indebtedness. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of additional equity or convertible debt securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future, including secured debt, subject to the restrictions contained in the ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

 

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, we are financially dependent on receiving distributions from our subsidiaries and we could be harmed if such distributions could not be made in the future.

        

We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through subsidiaries. Consequently, we rely on payments or distributions from our subsidiaries. We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our common stock, we will be dependent on our subsidiaries to make funds available to us for the payment of such dividends. The ability of such subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments or distributions to us is subject to applicable local law. Such laws and restrictions could limit the payment of dividends and distributions to us, which would restrict our ability to continue operations. In addition, the terms of the agreements governing the ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or otherwise transfer assets to us. Furthermore, our subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of the ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility to incur additional indebtedness that may restrict or prohibit the making of distributions, the payment of dividends or the making of loans by such subsidiaries to us.

        

Some of our subsidiaries sponsor deferred compensation arrangements that entitle selected employees of those subsidiaries to participate in increases in the adjusted book value of a specified number of shares of common stock of those subsidiaries. Employees participate in these arrangements through cash-based stock appreciation rights, by holding common stock of the applicable subsidiary and/or through deferred compensation programs. As of April 30, 2019, we have reflected an aggregate fair value of $37.6 million of liabilities related to these compensation arrangements on our consolidated balance sheet, of which $3.0 million was classified as a current liability and $34.6 million was classified as a long-term liability. Upon termination of employment of those with whom we have these arrangements, these subsidiaries are required to make payments to these individuals. Settlements of these awards are typically made with cash or through execution of an installment note payable to the employee over a period of four to five years. Any requirement to make payments to employees pursuant to these deferred compensation arrangements could impact the cash flows of these subsidiaries and their ability to make funds available to us.

 

21

 

Table of Contents

 

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile.

        

The trading price of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile. A significant drop in our stock price could also expose us to the risk of securities class action lawsuits, which could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our business. Finally, volatility or a lack of positive performance in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to retain key employees, many of whom have been granted stock incentive awards. The following events and factors, in addition to other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock:

 

·

announcements of innovations or new products or services by us or our competitors; 

·

any adverse changes to our relationship with our customers, manufacturers or suppliers; 

·

variations in the costs of products that we distribute; 

·

any legal actions in which we may become involved; 

·

announcements concerning our competitors or the building supply industry in general; 

·

achievement of expected product sales and profitability; 

·

manufacture, supply or distribution shortages; 

·

adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our services or the products we distribute; 

·

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results; 

·

changes in financial estimates; 

·

changes in recommendations or reduced coverage by securities analysts; 

·

trading volume of our common stock; 

·

sales of our common stock by us, our executive officers and directors or our stockholders (including certain affiliates of AEA) in the future; 

·

changes in accounting principles;

·

the loss of any of our management or key personnel;

·

market trends unelated to our performance; and

·

general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the U.S. equity markets.

        

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

 

    Our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management's attention and resources, which could adversely impact our business. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

 

AEA may influence major corporate decisions or their interests may conflict with the interests of other holders of our common stock.

        

Certain affiliates of AEA beneficially own approximately 16.6% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Additionally, for so long as certain affiliates of AEA hold an aggregate of at least 10% of our outstanding common stock, AEA shall be entitled to nominate at least one individual for election to our Board of Directors .  As a result of this control, AEA is able to influence matters requiring approval by our stockholders and/or our board of directors, including the election of directors and the approval of business combinations or dispositions and other extraordinary transactions. AEA may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our Company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our Company and may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, AEA may in the future own businesses that directly compete with ours.

 

22

 

Table of Contents

 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

        

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

 

As of April 30, 2019, we had 2.3 million stock options and restricted stock units outstanding and 1.8 million shares available for future grant under the GMS Inc. Equity Incentive Plan. In connection with the acquisition of Titan, we issued 1.1 million exchangeable shares to certain members of Titan’s management (the “Management Holders”) that allow the Management Holders to exchange their exchangeable shares for GMS common stock on a one-for-one basis.  On May 7, 2019, we filed a registration statement with the SEC registering the resale of the shares of GMS common stock that the Management Holders will receive upon exchange of the exchangeable shares, which registration statement was declared effective on May 24, 2019. On June 13, 2019, the Management Holders exchanged all of the exchangeable shares for shares of GMS common stock, which are freely tradeable by the Management Holders, subject to compliance with the Company’s insider trading policy, pursuant to the registration statement. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. The exercise and vesting of equity awards will result in dilution of the value of our common stock and could also depress the market price of our common stock.

        

Moreover, certain holders of our common stock have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

        

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of the ABL Facility, the First Lien Facility and any future debt agreements may preclude our subsidiaries from paying dividends to us which, in turn, may preclude us from paying dividends to our stockholders. As a result, we expect that only appreciation of the price of our common stock, if any, will provide a return to investors in our common stock for the foreseeable future.

 

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

        

Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

 

·

establishing a classified board of directors such that not all members of the board are elected at one time; 

·

allowing the total number of directors to be determined exclusively (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors) by resolution of our board of directors and granting to our board the sole power (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock or rights granted pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement) to fill any vacancy on the board; 

·

limiting the ability of stockholders to remove directors without cause; 

·

authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock by our board of directors, without further shareholder approval, to thwart a takeover attempt; 

·

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent (and, thus, requiring that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders); 

·

eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders; 

23

 

Table of Contents

 

·

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at annual stockholder meetings; and 

·

requiring the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, to amend or repeal our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws if AEA.

        

In addition, while we have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

·

prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; 

·

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or 

·

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction provided for or through our Company resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and the affiliates and associates of such person. For purposes of this provision, “voting stock” means any class or series of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

        

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect certain business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors in order to avoid the stockholder approval requirement if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

        

These anti-takeover defenses could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our Company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take corporate actions other than those our stockholders desire.

 

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

        

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our common stock is deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

 

 

24

 

Table of Contents

 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

Our corporate headquarters is in Tucker, Georgia. As of April 30, 2019, we operated our business through 254 branches across 43 states and the District of Columbia in the United States and five provinces in Canada. As of April 30, 2019, we owned 81 of our facilities, some of which were used as collateral to secure the First Lien Facility. We believe that substantially all of our property and equipment is in good condition, subject to normal wear and tear, and meets our current operating needs. 

As of April 30, 2019, we operated branches in the following locations, a few with multiple facilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

    

 

    

Number of

State/Province

 

Branches

 

State/Province

 

Branches

Alabama

 

 5

 

Montana

 

 2

Alaska

 

 1

 

Nebraska

 

 3

Arizona

 

 4

 

Nevada

 

 1

Arkansas

 

 3

 

New Jersey

 

 2

California

 

 7

 

New Mexico

 

 5

Colorado

 

 7

 

North Carolina

 

10

Connecticut

 

 1

 

North Dakota

 

 2

Delaware

 

 2

 

Ohio

 

 5

District of Columbia

 

 1

 

Oklahoma

 

 2

Florida

 

14

 

Oregon

 

 5

Georgia

 

16

 

Pennsylvania

 

 5

Hawaii

 

 1

 

South Carolina

 

11

Idaho

 

 3

 

South Dakota

 

 1

Illinois

 

 3

 

Tennessee

 

 4

Iowa

 

 1

 

Texas

 

17

Indiana

 

 1

 

Virginia

 

13

Kansas

 

 1

 

Washington

 

11

Kentucky

 

 4

 

Wisconsin

 

 5

Louisiana

 

 3

 

Wyoming

 

 1

Maine

 

 1

 

Alberta

 

 7

Maryland

 

 8

 

British Columbia

 

16

Massachusetts

 

 4

 

Manitoba

 

 1

Michigan

 

17

 

Ontario

 

 5

Minnesota

 

 6

 

Saskatchewan

 

 1

Missouri

 

 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

254

 

 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we are involved in lawsuits that are brought against us in the normal course of business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings that would be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

 

The building materials industry has been subject to personal injury and property damage claims arising from alleged exposure to raw materials contained in building products as well as claims for incidents of catastrophic loss, such as building fires. As a distributor of building materials, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use of the products we have distributed in the past or may in the future distribute is alleged to have resulted in economic loss, personal injury or property damage or violated environmental, health or safety or other laws. Such product liability claims have included and may in the future include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of

25

 

Table of Contents

 

warranties. In particular, certain of our subsidiaries have been the subject of claims related to alleged exposure to asbestos‑containing products they distributed prior to 1979. Since 2002 and as of April 30, 2019, approximately 994 asbestos‑related personal injury lawsuits have been filed and we vigorously defend against them. Of these, 953 have been dismissed without any payment by us, 31 are pending and only 10 have been settled, which settlements have not materially impacted our financial condition or operating results. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We are exposed to product liability, warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment and other claims and legal proceedings related to our business, the products we distribute, the services we provide and services provided for us by third parties.”

 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “GMS.”

As of the close of business on May 31, 2019, there were 20 holders of record of the Company’s common stock, which does not reflect those shares held beneficially or those shares held in “street” name. Accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of our common stock exceeds this number.

 

Dividend Policy

 

No dividends were paid to stockholders during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 or 2017. The Company currently intends to retain all of its future earnings, if any, to finance operations, development and growth of its business and repay indebtedness. Most of the Company’s indebtedness contains restrictions on the Company’s activities, including paying dividends on its capital stock. See Note 7, “Long-Term Debt” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K . Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions, future prospects, contractual restrictions and covenants and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

Performance Graph

The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative total return to holders of shares of GMS Inc.’s common stock against the cumulative total return of S&P 500 Index and Industrial Select Sector SPDR® Fund (XLI) from May 26, 2016 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NYSE) through April 30, 2019 (the last trading day in fiscal 2019). The comparison of the cumulative total returns for each investment assumes that $100 was invested in GMS Inc. common stock and the respective indices on May 26, 2016 through April 30, 2019 including reinvestment of any dividends. Historical share price performance should not be relied upon as an indication of future share price performance.

 

This performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. The points on the graph represent stock prices at the date of the IPO and the last trading days in fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019.

26

 

Table of Contents

 

PICTURE 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5/26/2016

 

4/28/2017

 

4/30/2018

 

4/30/2019

GMS Inc

 

$

100.00

 

$

165.04

 

$

142.22

 

$

80.42

S&P 500 Index

 

 

100.00

 

 

116.25

 

 

131.67

 

 

149.44

S&P 500 Select Sector SPDR (XLI)

 

 

100.00

 

 

118.05

 

 

128.55

 

 

139.02

 

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

On November 30, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $75.0 million of our outstanding common stock. We may conduct repurchases under the share repurchase program through open market transactions, under trading plans in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or in privately negotiated transactions, in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subject to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, our liquidity, credit availability, general business and market conditions, our debt covenant restrictions and the availability of alternative investment opportunities .  The share repurchase program does not obligate us to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be suspended or terminated at any time at our discretion.

 

The number of shares repurchased and the average price paid per share for each month in the three months ended April 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of

 

 

Maximum Dollar

 

 

Total Number

 

Average

 

Shares Repurchased

 

 

Value that May

 

    

of Shares

    

Price Paid

    

as Part of Publicly

 

    

Yet be Purchased

 

 

Repurchased

 

Per Share

 

Announced Program (1)

 

 

Under the Program

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

February 1 through February 28

 

85,063

 

$

19.96

 

85,063

 

$

61,788

March 1 through March 31

 

146,591

 

 

16.72

 

146,591

 

 

59,337

April 1 through April 30

 

55,228

 

 

15.51

 

55,228

 

 

58,480

Total

 

286,882

 

 

 

 

286,882

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

Table of Contents

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data was derived from our consolidated financial statements. The data should be read in conjunction with “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

April 30, 

 

April 30, 

 

April 30, 

 

April 30, 

 

April 30, 

 

 

2019(1)

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

 (in thousands, except per share data)

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

3,116,032

 

$

2,511,469

 

$

2,319,146

 

$

1,858,182

 

$

1,570,085

Gross profit

 

 

1,004,119

 

 

818,576

 

 

758,571

 

 

593,164

 

 

478,971

Operating income

 

 

147,200

 

 

119,169

 

 

104,253

 

 

58,914

 

 

18,651

Income (loss) before taxes

 

 

70,041

 

 

83,854

 

 

71,540

 

 

25,148

 

 

(18,323)

Net income (loss)

 

 

56,002

 

 

62,971

 

 

48,886

 

 

12,564

 

 

(11,697)

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

 

40,914

 

 

41,015

 

 

40,260

 

 

32,799

 

 

32,450

Diluted

 

 

41,589

 

 

42,163

 

 

41,070

 

 

33,125

 

 

32,450

Net income (loss) per share:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

$

1.33

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.21

 

$

0.38

 

$

(0.36)

Diluted

 

$

1.31

 

$

1.49

 

$

1.19

 

$

0.38

 

$

(0.36)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

April 30, 

    

April 30, 

    

April 30, 

    

April 30, 

    

April 30, 

 

 

2019(1)

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

(in thousands)

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

47,338

 

$

36,437

 

$

14,561

 

$

19,072

 

$

12,284

Total assets

 

 

2,149,554

 

 

1,454,511

 

 

1,393,265

 

 

1,240,814

 

 

1,160,976

Total debt(2)

 

 

1,141,195

 

 

595,886

 

 

594,920

 

 

644,610

 

 

556,984

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

629,176

 

 

579,451

 

 

514,606

 

 

311,160

 

 

299,572

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

April 30, 

    

April 30, 

    

April 30, 

    

April 30, 

    

April 30, 

 

 

2019(1)

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

Selected Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Branches (at period end)

 

 

254

 

 

214

 

 

205

 

 

186

 

 

156

Employees (at period end)

 

 

5,858

 

 

4,642

 

 

4,464

 

 

3,934

 

 

3,088

Wallboard volume (million square feet)

 

 

3,916

 

 

3,548

 

 

3,457

 

 

2,843

 

 

2,328

 


(1)

On June 1, 2018, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Titan, a distributer of wallboard, lumber, insulation and other complementary commercial and residential building materials in Canada. The results of operations of Titan have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. The comparison of selected financial data is affected by this acquisition and, to a lesser extent, by other smaller acquisitions completed during periods presented.

(2)

Includes debt and capital lease obligations, net of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs.

 

 

28

 

Table of Contents

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

GMS Inc. (“we,” “our,” “us,” or the “Company”) is a distributor of specialty building products including wallboard, suspended ceilings systems, or ceilings, steel framing and other complementary building products. We purchase products from a large number of manufacturers and then distribute these goods to a customer base consisting of wallboard and ceilings contractors and homebuilders and, to a lesser extent, general contractors and individuals. We operate a network of more than 250 distribution centers across the United States and Canada.

Business Strategy

Our growth strategy entails increasing our market share within our existing footprint, expanding into new markets by opening new branches and acquiring competitors. We expect to continue to capture profitable market share in our existing footprint by delivering industry‑leading customer service. Our strategy for opening new branches is to further penetrate markets that are adjacent to our existing operations. Typically, we have pre‑existing customer relationships in these markets but need a new location to fully capitalize on those relationships. In addition, we will continue to selectively pursue acquisitions. Due to the large, highly fragmented nature of our market and our reputation throughout the industry, we believe we have the potential to access a robust acquisition pipeline that will continue to supplement our organic growth. We use a rigorous targeting process to identify acquisition candidates that will fit our culture and business model and have an experienced team of professionals to manage the acquisition and integration processes. As a result of our scale, purchasing power and ability to improve operations through implementing best practices, we believe we can achieve substantial synergies and drive earnings accretion from our acquisition strategy.

Fiscal 2019 Highlights

Key developments in our business during fiscal 2019 are described below:

·

Generated net sales of $3,116.0 million in fiscal 2019, a 24.1% increase from the prior year due to an increase in sales across all product categories  driven by sales from acquired businesses, primarily our acquisition of WSB Titan (“Titan”) as further described below, organic sales and sales from new greenfield branches.

·

Generated net income of $56.0 million in fiscal 2019, compared to $63.0 million in the prior year, primarily due to an increase in depreciation and amortization expense resulting from assets obtained in the acquisition of Titan and an increase in interest expense resulting from the debt financing completed in connection with the acquisition of Titan, offset by the inclusion of Titan’s results for most of fiscal 2019, operating lease amendments, increased cost efficiencies and increases in our base business .

·

Generated Adjusted EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” in this Item 7) of $295.7 million in fiscal 2019, an increase from $199.3 million in the prior year, primarily due to the inclusion of Titan Adjusted EBITDA, operating lease amendments, increased cost efficiencies and increases in our base business .  

·

Completed the Titan acquisition as well as two additional acquisitions totaling three branches in the United States and 30 branches across Canada for approximately $583.1 million of aggregate cash consideration.

·

Repurchased 1.0 million shares of our common stock for $16.5 million.

Acquisition of Titan

On June 1, 2018, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Titan, a distributer of wallboard, lumber, insulation and other complementary commercial and residential building materials. Titan is Canada’s largest gypsum specialty dealer with 30 locations across five provinces in Canada. The stated purchase price was $627.0 million ($800.0 million Canadian dollars). As part of the consideration, certain members of Titan’s management converted a portion of their ownership position into 1.1 million shares of equity that are exchangeable for the Company’s common stock. The

29

 

Table of Contents

 

transaction extended our leadership position in North America with additional scale and footprint, expanded our geographic coverage into the Canadian market and has created opportunities for further expansion in Canada.

To finance this transaction, on June 1, 2018, we entered into the Third Amendment to our First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”) as detailed under the heading “Term Loan Amendment.” We also drew down $143.0 million under our asset backed revolving credit facility (the “ABL Facility”).

Other Acquisitions

On August 7, 2018, we acquired Charles G. Hardy, Inc. (“CGH”), an interior building products distributor in Paramount, California. CHG has been treated as a new greenfield branch. On March 4, 2019, we acquired Commercial Builders Group, LLC, an interior building products distributer in LaPlace, Louisiana. On June 3, 2019, we acquired the acoustical and drywall operations of J.P. Hart Lumber Company (“Hart Acoustical & Drywall Supply”). Hart Acoustical & Drywall Supply distributes drywall, metal studs, insulation and ceiling tiles through two locations in San Antonio, TX and one location in La Feria, TX.

 

Term Loan Amendment

On June 1, 2018, we entered into the Third Amendment that provides for a new first lien term loan facility under the credit agreement in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $996.8 million due in June 2025 that bears interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR plus 2.75%, with a 0% floor, representing a 25 basis point improvement compared to the interest rate of the existing first lien term loan facility under the credit agreement immediately prior to giving effect to the Third Amendment. The net proceeds from the new first lien term loan facility, ABL Facility and cash on hand were used to repay our existing first lien term loan facility of $571.8 million and to finance the Titan acquisition.

Operating Lease Amendments

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, we amended certain of our operating lease agreements for equipment. The amendments resulted in the Company classifying these leases as capital leases upon the date of the modification. As a result, we recorded $73.6 million of capital lease assets and capital lease obligations during year ended April 30, 2019.

Restructuring

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019,  we initiated a reduction in workforce as part of a strategic cost reduction plan to improve operational efficiency. We recorded $5.0 million of restructuring costs during the year ended April 30, 2019 in connection with the reduction in workforce and certain other restructuring activities, consisting primarily of severance and other employee costs. Such costs are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income. As of April 30, 2019, all costs related to the reduction in force have been paid.

Share Repurchase Program

On November 30, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $75.0 million of our outstanding common stock. We may conduct repurchases under the share repurchase program through open market transactions, under trading plans in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 and/or in privately negotiated transactions, in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subject to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, our liquidity, credit availability, general business and market conditions, our debt covenant restrictions and the availability of alternative investment opportunities.  The repurchase program does not require us to acquire any specific number of shares and may be terminated at any time.   As of April 30, 2019, we had $58.5 million available under the repurchase program. 

30

 

Table of Contents

 

Factors and Trends Affecting our Operating Results

 

General Economic Conditions

 

Our business is sensitive to changes in general economic conditions, including, in particular, conditions in the United States and Canadian  commercial construction and housing markets. The markets we serve are broadly categorized as commercial new construction, commercial R&R, residential new construction and residential R&R. We believe all four end markets are currently in an extended period of expansion following a deep and prolonged downturn.

Commercial New Construction

Our addressable commercial construction market is composed of a variety of commercial and institutional sub‑segments with varying demand drivers. Our commercial markets include offices, hotels, retail stores and other commercial buildings, while our institutional markets include educational facilities, healthcare facilities, government buildings and other institutional facilities. The principal demand drivers across these markets include the overall economic outlook, the general business cycle, government spending, vacancy rates, employment trends, interest rates, availability of credit and demographic trends. Given the extreme depth of the last recession, despite the growth to date, activity in the commercial construction market remains well below average historical levels.

Commercial R&R

We believe commercial R&R spending is typically more stable than new commercial construction activity. Commercial R&R spending is driven by a number of factors, including commercial real estate prices and rental rates, office vacancy rates, government spending and interest rates. Commercial R&R spending is also driven by commercial lease expirations and renewals, as well as tenant turnover. Such events often result in repair, reconfiguration and/or upgrading of existing commercial space. As such, the commercial R&R market has historically been less volatile than commercial new construction. While there is very limited third party data for commercial R&R spending, we believe spending in this end market is in a period of expansion.

Residential New Construction

Residential construction activity is driven by a number of factors, including the overall economic outlook, employment, income growth, home prices, availability of mortgage financing and related government regulations, interest rates and consumer confidence, among others. While housing starts have generally recovered in recent years, activity in the market remains well below historical levels.

Residential R&R

While residential R&R activity is typically more stable than new construction activity, we believe the prolonged period of under‑investment during the downturn from 2007 to 2011 will continue to result in above‑average growth for the next several years. The primary drivers of residential R&R spending include changes in existing home prices, existing home sales, the average age of the housing stock, consumer confidence and interest rates.

Seasonality and Inflation

Our operating results are typically impacted by seasonality. Historically, sales of our products have been slightly higher in the first and second quarters of each fiscal year (covering the calendar months of May through October) due to favorable weather and longer daylight conditions during these periods. Seasonal variations in operating results may be impacted by inclement weather conditions, such as cold or wet weather, which can delay construction projects.

We believe that our results of operations are not materially impacted by moderate changes in the economic inflation rate. In general, we have historically been successful in passing on price increases from our vendors to our customers in a timely manner, although there is no assurance that we can successfully do so in the future.

31

 

Table of Contents

 

Acquisitions

Our results of operations are impacted by acquisitions, as w e complement our organic growth strategy with selective acquisitions. During fiscal 2019, we completed three acquisitions totaling three branches in the United States and 30 branches across Canada . During fiscal 2018, we completed five acquisitions totaling seven branches  in the United States.   During fiscal 2017, we completed eight acquisitions totaling 16 branches  in the United States . We believe that significant opportunities exist to expand our geographic footprint by executing additional strategic acquisitions and we consistently strive to maintain an extensive and active acquisition pipeline. We are often evaluating several acquisition opportunities at any given time.  See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding our business acquisitions.

Our Products

The following is a summary of our net sales by product group for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

 

April 30, 

 

% of

 

April 30, 

 

% of

 

April 30, 

 

% of

 

    

2019

    

Total

    

2018

    

Total

    

2017

    

Total

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

Wallboard

 

$

1,272,068

    

40.8%

    

$

1,109,552

    

44.2%

    

$

1,058,400

    

45.7%

Ceilings

 

 

451,695

 

14.5%

 

 

387,360

 

15.4%

 

 

341,007

 

14.7%

Steel framing

 

 

506,805

 

16.3%

 

 

411,630

 

16.4%

 

 

374,151

 

16.1%

Other products

 

 

885,464

 

28.4%

 

 

602,927

 

24.0%

 

 

545,588

 

23.5%

Total net sales

 

$

3,116,032

 

  

 

$

2,511,469

 

  

 

$

2,319,146

 

  

 

32

 

Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2019 and 2018

The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

April 30,

 

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Statement of operations data(1):

 

 

  

    

 

  

 

Net sales

 

$

3,116,032

 

$

2,511,469

 

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

 

 

2,111,913

 

 

1,692,893

 

Gross profit

 

 

1,004,119

 

 

818,576

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

739,460

 

 

633,877

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

117,459

 

 

65,530

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

856,919

 

 

699,407

 

Operating income

 

 

147,200

 

 

119,169

 

Other (expense) income:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Interest expense

 

 

(73,677)

 

 

(31,395)

 

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

(6,395)

 

 

(6,125)

 

Write-off of discount and deferred financing fees

 

 

 —

 

 

(74)

 

Other income, net

 

 

2,913

 

 

2,279

 

Total other expense, net

 

 

(77,159)

 

 

(35,315)

 

Income before tax

 

 

70,041

 

 

83,854

 

Income tax expense

 

 

14,039

 

 

20,883

 

Net income

 

$

56,002

 

$

62,971

 

Non-GAAP measures:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

 

$

295,669

 

$

199,258

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin(2)(3)

 

 

9.5

%

 

7.9

%


(1)

The comparison of statement of operations data is affected by our acquisition of Titan on June 1, 2018. The results of operations of Titan are included in our operating results beginning on the acquisition date.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non‑GAAP measures. See “Non-GAAP Measures” in this Item 7 for how we define and calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, reconciliations thereof to net income and a description of why we believe these measures are important.

(3)

Adjusted EBITDA margin is Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales.

Net Sales

Net sales of $3,116.0 million during the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $604.6 million, or 24.1%, from the year ended April 30, 2018. The increase in net sales was due to the following:

·

Wallboard sales, which are impacted by both commercial and residential construction activity, increased $162.5 million, or 14.6%, compared to the year ended April 30, 2018. The increase in wallboard sales was driven by the impact of the acquisition of Titan on June 1, 2018, pricing improvement and organic wallboard unit volume increase of 0.4%.

 

·

Ceilings sales increased $64.3 million, or 16.6%, compared to the year ended April 30, 2018. The increase in ceilings sales was mainly due to strong organic growth driven by greater commercial activity and pricing improvement as well as the positive impact of acquisitions.

 

33

 

Table of Contents

 

·

Steel framing sales increased $95.2 million, or 23.1%, compared to the year ended April 30, 2018. The increase in steel framing sales was mainly due to strong organic growth driven by greater commercial activity and meaningful pricing improvement as well as the positive impact of acquisitions.

 

·

Other products sales increased $282.5 million, or 46.9%, compared to the year ended April 30, 2018. The increase was due to the impact of the acquisition of Titan, pricing improvement and organic sales.

 

From February 2, 2017 through April 30, 2019, we completed four acquisitions, which included six branches in the United States and 30 branches across Canada.  These acquisitions contributed $448.8 million and $21.1 million to our net sales in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. Excluding net sales for recently acquired businesses for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, our base business net sales increased $176.9 million, or 7.1%, compared to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018. The overall increase in our base business net sales reflected the increase in demand for our products due to increased R&R activity, commercial construction and an increase in the breadth of our product offerings. In addition, our base business net sales improved through the addition of new greenfield branches opened from February 2, 2017 through April 30, 2019, which contributed $87.7 million to our base business net sales in fiscal 2019 and $26.1 million to our base business net sales in fiscal 2018.

 

The following table presents base business net sales and recently acquired net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

April 30, 

(Unaudited)

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

(in thousands)

Base business net sales

 

$

2,667,211

 

$

2,490,330

Recently acquired net sales (excluded from base business)

 

 

448,821

 

 

21,139

Total net sales

 

$

3,116,032

 

$

2,511,469

 

When calculating our “base business” results, we exclude any branches that were acquired in the current fiscal year, prior fiscal year and three months prior to the start of the prior fiscal year. Therefore, any acquisition occurring between February 2, 2017 and April 30, 2019 have been excluded from base business net sales.

 

We have excluded the following acquisitions from the base business for the periods identified:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Branches

 

 

Acquisition(1)

    

Acquisition Date

    

Acquired

    

Periods Excluded

ASI Building Products, LLC (MI)

 

August 1, 2017

 

3

 

August 1, 2017 - April 30, 2019

Southwest Building Materials, Ltd. (TX)

 

December 4, 2017

 

1

 

December 4, 2017 - April 30, 2019

WSB Titan (CAN)

 

June 1, 2018

 

30

 

June 1, 2018 - April 30, 2019

Commercial Builders Group, LLC (LA)

 

March 4, 2019

 

2

 

March 4, 2019 - April 30, 2019


(1)

Our acquisition of CGH on August 7, 2018 has been treated as a new greenfield branch  and is included in base business net sales  for  purposes of calculating our base business results.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit of $1,004.1 million for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $185.5 million, or 22.7%, from the year ended April 30, 2018 as a result of higher sales including the positive impact of acquisitions and pricing improvement. Gross margin on net sales decreased to 32.2% for the year ended April 30, 2019 compared to 32.6% for the year ended April 30, 2018. The decrease was primarily due to a $4.1 million, or 0.4%, non-cash cost of sales impact of purchase accounting adjustments to increase inventory to its estimated fair value, as well as changes in product mix. As part of our accounting for business combinations, we are required to value inventory acquired in the business combination at its fair value, less costs to sell. The inventory adjustment is typically fully recognized in cost of sales within the first month after completion of an acquisition. This step-up in basis and related expense has a negative effect on gross margins as the related inventory is sold.

34

 

Table of Contents

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of warehouse, delivery and general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses of $739.5 million for the year ended April 30, 2019 increased $105.6 million, or 16.7%, from the year ended April 30, 2018 . The increase was due to the acquisition of Titan, a $16.1 million increase in payroll and payroll related costs due to growth in our base business, $4.4 million increase in transaction costs primarily related to the acquisition of Titan, a  $6.7 million increase in severance primarily related to the reduction in workforce implemented during the first quarter of 2019 and a $2.3 million increase in insurance costs . These increases were partially offset by $22.7 million of expense savings from the amendment of certain equipment operating leases that are now being accounted for as capital leases. Selling, general and administrative expenses was 23.7% of our net sales during the year ended April 30, 2019 , compared to 25.2% of our net sales during the year ended April 30, 2018 . The decrease was driven by increased cost efficiencies, primarily the result of cost reduction initiatives taken during the fiscal year, contributions from the Titan acquisition and our changes to lease accounting.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of definite-lived intangible assets acquired in purchases of businesses and purchases of assets from other companies.   Depreciation and amortization expense was $117.5 million for the year ended April 30, 2019 compared to $65.5 million for the year ended April 30, 2018 . The increase was due to a $29.5 million increase in amortization expense and a $22.4 million increase in depreciation expense. The increase in amortization expense compared to the prior year was primarily attributable to expense resulting from definite-lived intangible assets obtained in the acquisition of Titan. The increase in depreciation expense compared to the prior year was primarily attributable to expense resulting from property and equipment obtained in the acquisition of Titan and additional depreciation expense resulting from amendments of certain operating leases for equipment that are now being accounted for as capital leases.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest expense incurred on our debt and capital leases and amortization of deferred financing fees and debt discounts. I nterest expense was $73.7 million during the year ended April 30, 2019 compared to $31.4 million for the year ended April 30, 2018 . The increase was primarily due to an increase in the outstanding amount of debt related to the financing of the acquisition of Titan. The gross amount of outstanding debt increased $425.0 million during the year ended April 30, 2019 due to the Third Amendment to our first lien term loan facility and increased due to net borrowings under our ABL facility. Also contributing to the increase was  $11.7 million of interest expense resulting from amendments of certain operating leases for equipment that are now being accounted for as capital leases.

Change in Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Change in fair value of financial instruments includes changes in fair value of our derivative instruments that are recognized in earnings. During the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, we recognized losses of $5.7 million and $5.1 million, respectively, on the change in fair value of a foreign currency forward contract. The foreign currency forward contract was entered into to mitigate foreign currency exchange risk associated with the purchase price of Titan that was denominated in Canadian dollars during the time between signing the agreement and closing the transaction. The foreign currency forward contract effectively fixed the amount we paid for the purchase price by contracting us to pay U.S. dollars and receive Canadian dollars on the notional amount. The remaining change from the prior year was due to changes in fair value of our interest rate cap, which expired in October 2018.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $14.0 million during the year ended April 30, 2019  compared to income tax expense of $20.9 million during the year ended April 30, 2018 . Our effective tax rate was 20.0% and 24.9% for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The decrease in the effective income tax rate from the year ended April 30, 2018 to the year ended April 30, 2019 was primarily due the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), the impact of foreign tax rates and other tax effects associated with the acquisition of Titan. For more information regarding the Tax

35

 

Table of Contents

 

Act and its impact on us, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Fiscal Years Ended April 30, 2018 and 2017

The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

April 30, 

 

 

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Statement of operations data:

 

 

  

    

 

  

 

Net sales

 

$

2,511,469

 

$

2,319,146

 

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

 

 

1,692,893

 

 

1,560,575

 

Gross profit

 

 

818,576

 

 

758,571

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

633,877

 

 

585,078

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

65,530

 

 

69,240

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

699,407

 

 

654,318

 

Operating income

 

 

119,169

 

 

104,253

 

Other (expense) income:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Interest expense

 

 

(31,395)

 

 

(29,360)

 

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

(6,125)

 

 

(382)

 

Write-off of discount and deferred financing fees

 

 

(74)

 

 

(7,103)

 

Other income, net

 

 

2,279

 

 

4,132

 

Total other expense, net

 

 

(35,315)

 

 

(32,713)

 

Income before tax

 

 

83,854

 

 

71,540

 

Income tax expense

 

 

20,883

 

 

22,654

 

Net income

 

$

62,971

 

$

48,886

 

Non-GAAP measures:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 

$

199,258

 

$

188,229

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

 

 

7.9

%

 

8.1

%


(1)

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non‑GAAP measures. See “Non-GAAP Measures” in this Item 7 for how we define and calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, reconciliations thereof to net income and a description of why we believe these measures are important.

Net Sales

Net sales of $2,511.5 million during the year ended April 30, 2018 increased $192.3 million, or 8.3%, from the year ended April 30, 2017. The increase in net sales was due to the following:

 

·

Wallboard sales increased by $51.1 million, or 4.8%, compared to the year ended April 30, 2017. The increase in wallboard sales was a result of a 2.6% increase in unit volume primarily driven by greater end market demand, the impact of acquisitions and a 2.2% increase in pricing.

 

·

Ceilings sales increased $46.3 million, or 13.6%, from the year ended April 30, 2017. The increase in ceilings sales was primarily driven by commercial construction activity and higher ceilings prices.

 

·

Steel framing sales increased $37.5 million, or 10.0%. The increase in steel framing sales was primarily driven by commercial construction activity.

 

·

Other products sales category increased $57.4 million, or 10.5%, compared to the year ended April 30, 2017. Other products net sales benefitted from increased net sales in wallboard, ceilings and steel framing, further supplemented by pricing improvements, targeted acquisitions and other strategic initiatives.

36

 

Table of Contents

 

 

From February 2, 2016 through April 30, 2018, we completed 11 acquisitions, totaling 21 branches. These acquisitions contributed $239.9 million and $145.7 million to our net sales in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. Excluding net sales for recently acquired businesses for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, our base business net sales increased $98.1 million, or 4.5%, compared to the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017. The overall increase in our base business net sales reflected the increase in demand for our products as a result of the improvement in new housing starts, R&R activity and commercial construction, coupled with market share gains. In addition, our base business net sales improved through the addition of new greenfield branches opened from February 2, 2016 through April 30, 2018, which contributed $60.3 million to our base business net sales in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2018 and $22.0 million to our base business net sales for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2017.

 

The following table presents base business net sales and recently acquired net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

April 30, 

(Unaudited)

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Base business net sales

 

$

2,271,568

 

$

2,173,456

Recently acquired net sales (excluded from base business)

 

 

239,901

 

 

145,690

Total net sales

 

$

2,511,469

 

$

2,319,146

 

When calculating our “base business” results, we exclude any branches that were acquired in the current fiscal year, prior fiscal year and three months prior to the start of the prior fiscal year. Therefore, any acquisition occurring between February 2, 2016 and April 30, 2018 have been excluded from base business net sales. In addition, our acquisitions of Washington Builders Supply, Inc., the California-based distribution business of Grabber Construction Products, Inc. and CMH Distributing, Inc. have been treated as new greenfield branches and are included in base business net sales for purposes of calculating our base business results.

 

We have excluded the following acquisitions from the base business for the periods identified:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Acquisition

    

Branches

    

 

Acquisition(1)

    

Date

    

Acquired

    

Periods Excluded

M.R. Lee Building Materials, Inc. (IL)

 

April 4, 2016

 

 1

 

April 4, 2016 - April 30, 2018

Wall & Ceiling Supply Co., Inc. (WA)

 

May 2, 2016

 

 1

 

May 2, 2016 - April 30, 2018

Rockwise, LLC (AZ, CO)

 

July 5, 2016

 

 3

 

July 5, 2016 - April 30, 2018

Steven F. Kempf Building Materials, Inc. (PA)

 

August 29, 2016

 

 1

 

August 29, 2016 - April 30, 2018

Olympia Building Supplies, LLC (FL)

 

September 1, 2016

 

 3

 

September 1, 2016 - April 30, 2018

United Building Materials, Inc. (OH)

 

October 3, 2016

 

 3

 

October 3, 2016 - April 30, 2018

Ryan Building Materials, Inc. (MI)

 

October 31, 2016

 

 3

 

October 31, 2016 - April 30, 2018

Interior Products Supply (IN)

 

December 5, 2016

 

 1

 

December 5, 2016 - April 30, 2018

Hawaii-based distribution assets of Grabber Construction Products, Inc. (HI)

 

February 1, 2017

 

 1

 

February 1, 2017 - April 30, 2018

ASI Building Products, LLC (MI)

 

August 1, 2017

 

 3

 

August 1, 2017 - April 30, 2018

Southwest Building Materials, Ltd. (TX)

 

December 4, 2017

 

 1

 

December 4, 2017 - April 30, 2018


(1)

Our acquisitions of Washington Builders Supply, Inc. (PA) on October 2, 2017, the California-based distribution business of Grabber Construction Products, Inc. (CA) on April 2, 2018 and CMH Distributing, Inc. (NE) on April 2, 2018 have been treated as new greenfield branches and are included in base business net sales for purposes of calculating our base business results .

37

 

Table of Contents

 

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit of $818.6 million for the year ended April 30, 2018 increased $60.0 million, or 7.9%, from the year ended April 30, 2017. The increase in gross profit was due to $192.3 million in additional sales, partially offset by a $132.3 million increase in cost of sales. Gross margin on net sales was 32.6% for the year ended April 30, 2018, compared to 32.7% for the year ended April 30, 2017.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses of $633.9 million during the year ended April 30, 2018 increased $48.8 million, or 8.3%, from the year ended April 30, 2017. The increase was due to a $23.0 million increase in delivery expenses, a $7.0 million increase in warehouse expense and an $18.8 million increase in branch and corporate general and administrative expenses. The increase in delivery expenses was primarily due to an $11.4 million increase in payroll costs, a $5.4 million increase in equipment rental costs and a $3.0 million increase in fuel costs. The increase in warehouse expenses was primarily due to a $2.8 million increase in payroll costs and a $3.0 million increase in facility costs. The increase in branch and corporate general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an $8.9 million increase in payroll and payroll related costs, a $2.3 million increase in costs for acquisitions and other non-recurring costs and other increases. The increases in payroll and payroll related costs were primarily due to pay increases  and increased headcount, which in turn were due to the increase in delivered volume from base business and acquisitions. Selling, general and administrative expenses were 25.2% of our net sales during the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense of $65.5 million during the year ended April 30, 2018 decreased $3.7 million, or 5.4%, from the year ended April 30, 2017. The decrease was due to a $1.5 million decrease in depreciation expense and a $2.2 million decrease in amortization of acquired definite-lived intangible assets.

Interest Expense

Interest expense of $31.4 million during the year ended April 30, 2018 increased $2.0 million, or 6.9%, from the year ended April 30, 2017. The increase was primarily due to a slight increase in the outstanding amount of debt and increased amortization of deferred financing costs, partially offset by a reduction in interest rates due to the refinancing of our first lien term loan facility.

Change in Fair Value of Financial Instruments

During the year ended April 30, 2018, we recognized a $5.1 million loss on the change in fair value of a foreign currency forward contract. The foreign currency forward contract was entered into to mitigate foreign currency exchange risk associated with the purchase price of Titan that was denominated in Canadian dollars during the time between signing the agreement and closing the transaction. The foreign currency forward contract effectively fixed the amount we paid for the purchase price by contracting us to pay U.S. dollars and receive Canadian dollars on the notional amount.

Write-Off of Debt Discount and Deferred Financing Fees

Write-off of debt discount and deferred financing fees of $0.1 million during the year ended April 30, 2018  related to the refinancing of our first lien term loan facility. Write-off of debt discount and deferred financing fees of $7.1 million during the year ended April 30, 2017 included $5.4 million in connection with the repayment of the $160.0 million principal amount of our second lien term loan facility, $1.5 million in connection with the refinancing our first lien term loan facility and $0.2 million in connection with the second amendment of our revolving credit facility. For more information regarding our debt transactions, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

38

 

Table of Contents

 

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $20.9 million during the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to income tax expense of $22.7 million during the year ended April 30, 2017 . The decrease in income tax expense was primarily due to an increase in taxable income due to higher profitability, partially offset by  the impact of  the Tax Act .  More specifically, we recognized   a   provisional income tax benefit of $6.7 million related to the re-measurement of net deferred tax liabilities in connection with enactment of the Tax Act . For more information regarding the Tax Act and its impact on us, see Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our effective tax rate was 24.9% and 31.7% for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate from the year ended April 30, 2017 to the year ended April 30, 2018 was primarily due to the impact of the Tax Act , partially offset by  the prior year election under section 338 (h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result of this election, the Company decreased its deferred tax liabilities and tax expense in the year ended April 30, 2017 by $6.9 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Summary

 

We depend on cash flow from operations, cash on hand and funds available under our Asset Based Lending Credit Facility (“ABL Facility”) to finance working capital needs and capital expenditures and to fund share repurchases. We believe that these sources of funds will be adequate to fund debt service requirements and provide cash, as required, to support our growth strategies, ongoing operations, capital expenditures, lease obligations and working capital for at least the next 12 months.

On June 1, 2018, we entered into the Third Amendment that provided for a new first lien term loan facility under the credit agreement in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $996.8 million due in June 2025 that bears interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR plus 2.75%, representing a 25 basis point improvement compared to the interest rate of the existing first lien term loan facility under the credit agreement immediately prior to giving effect to the Third Amendment. We also drew down $143.0 million under our ABL Facility. The net proceeds from the new first lien term loan facility, ABL Facility and cash on hand were used to repay our existing first lien term loan facility of $571.8 million and to finance the Titan acquisition.

As of April 30, 2019, we had available borrowing capacity of approximately $291.4 million under our $345.0 million ABL Facility.  The ABL Facility will mature on November 18, 2021 unless the individual affected lenders agree to extend the maturity of their respective loans under the ABL Facility upon the Company’s request and without the consent of any other lender.

In connection with the acquisition of Titan on June 1, 2018, we assumed Titan’s revolving credit facility (the “Titan Facility”) that provides for aggregate revolving commitments of  $22.3 million  ($30.0 million Canadian dollars), as amended.  The Titan Facility bears interest at the Canadian prime rate plus a marginal rate based on the level determined by Titan’s total debt to EBITDA ratio at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter or year. As of  April 30, 2019 , no amounts were outstanding under the Titan Facility and we had available borrowing capacity of approximately $22.3 million under the Titan Facility. The Titan Facility matures on June 28, 2022.

For more information regarding our ABL Facility and other indebtedness, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019.

As previously discussed, in November 2018, our Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $75.0 million of our outstanding common stock. The share repurchase program does not obligate us to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be suspended or terminated at any time at our discretion. The timing and amount of any purchases of our common stock will be subject to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, our liquidity, credit availability, general business and market conditions, our debt covenant restrictions and the availability of alternative investment opportunities. As of April 30, 2019,  the Company had $58.5 million available under  its repurchase program  

39

 

Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth summarized cash flow data for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30,

 

    

2019

 

2018

    

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

193,615

 

$

91,263

 

$

67,915

Cash used in investing activities

 

 

(600,692)

 

 

(49,209)

 

 

(157,516)

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

418,970

 

 

(20,178)

 

 

85,090

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(992)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

10,901

 

$

21,876

 

$

(4,511)

 

Operating Activities

The increase in cash provided by operating activities during the year ended April 30, 2019 compared to the prior year was primarily due to a $52.3 million increase in net income after adjustments for non-cash items and a $50.0 million increase in cash resulting from changes to our net working capital.

The increase in cash provided by operating activities during the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to the prior year was primarily due to a $15.7 million increase in net income after adjustments for non-cash items and a  $7.6 million increase in cash resulting from changes to our net working capital.

Investing Activities

The increase in cash used in investing activities during the year ended April 30, 2019 compared to the prior year was primarily due to a $554.8 million increase in cash used for acquisitions, primarily due to our acquisition of Titan. The increase was partially offset by a $5.0 million decrease in capital expenditures.

The decrease in cash used in investing activities during the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to the prior year was primarily due to a $122.1 million decrease in cash used for acquisitions, as we acquired five businesses during the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to eight during the year ended April 30, 2017. The decrease was partially offset by a $12.7 million increase in capital expenditures.

Capital expenditures during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 consisted of building and leasehold improvements and vehicles. Capital expenditures vary depending on prevailing business factors, including current and anticipated market conditions. Historically, capital expenditures have for the most part remained at relatively low levels in comparison to the net sales generated during the corresponding periods. We expect our fiscal 2020 capital expenditures to be approximately $20.0 million to $25.0 million (excluding acquisitions) primarily related to building facilities and IT investments to support our operations.

Financing Activities

The increase in cash provided by financing activities during the year ended April 30, 2019 compared to the prior year was primarily due to an increase in debt to finance our acquisition of Titan, partially offset by an increase in principal payments on long-term debt and capital leases and $16.5 million used to repurchase 1.0 million shares of common stock.  

The change in cash used in financing activities during the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to the prior year was primarily due to change in net borrowings and repayments for the ABL Facility. We made net repayments on the ABL Facility of $103.4 million during the year ended April 30, 2018 compared to net borrowings of $1.4 million during the year ended April 30, 2017.

40

 

Table of Contents

 

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commitments as of April 30, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ending April 30,

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2020

 

2021

 

2022

 

2023

 

2024

 

Thereafter

 

(in thousands)

Long-term debt(1)

$

1,047,330

 

$

14,331

 

$

14,021

 

$

57,557

 

$

13,552

 

$

10,838

 

$

937,031

Interest on long-term debt(2)

 

313,554

 

 

52,307

 

 

51,636

 

 

51,107

 

 

50,578

 

 

50,186

 

 

57,740

Capital leases(3)

 

138,847

 

 

40,132

 

 

35,591

 

 

28,767

 

 

20,134

 

 

11,546

 

 

2,677

Facility operating leases(4)

 

139,387

 

 

35,733

 

 

29,558

 

 

22,671

 

 

17,634

 

 

12,948

 

 

20,843

Equipment operating leases(4)

 

12,263

 

 

5,476

 

 

3,902

 

 

2,076

 

 

701

 

 

81

 

 

27

Total

$

1,651,381

 

$

147,979

 

$

134,708

 

$

162,178

 

$

102,599

 

$

85,599

 

$

1,018,318


(1)

Long-term debt includes principal payments on outstanding debt obligations. Long-term debt excludes unamortized discounts and deferred financing fees. As of April 30, 2019, we had $1,047.3 million aggregate amount of debt outstanding, consisting of $986.9 million of our first lien term loan due 2025, $44.0 million under our ABL Facility due 2021 and $16.4 million of installment notes due in monthly and annual installments through 2024.

(2)

Interest payments on long-term debt includes interest due on outstanding debt obligations and commitment and borrowing cost under our ABL facility.

(3)

Represents remaining payments under capital leases, including interest on capital lease obligations.

(4)

Represents base rent payments under non-cancellable operating leases.

In connection with the acquisition of Titan, we assumed certain contingent consideration arrangements that relate to previous acquisitions of Titan. The contingent consideration arrangements are based on performance of Titan’s business and are payable in cash in fiscal 2020. As of April 30, 2019, the contingent consideration arrangements had an estimated fair value of $12.4 million.

We may, from time to time, repurchase or otherwise retire or extend our debt and/or take other steps to reduce our debt or otherwise improve our financial position. These actions may include open market debt repurchases, negotiated repurchases, other retirements of outstanding debt and/or opportunistic refinancing of debt. The amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired or refinanced, if any, will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt, our cash position, compliance with debt covenants and other considerations. Our affiliates may also purchase our debt from time to time, through open market purchases or other transactions. In such cases, our debt may not be retired, in which case we would continue to pay interest in accordance with the terms of the debt, and we would continue to reflect the debt as outstanding in our consolidated balance sheets.

We lease certain office and warehouse facilities and equipment, some of which provide renewal options. Rent expense for operating leases, which may have escalating rents over the terms of the leases, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease terms. Rent expense under operating leases approximated $53.5 million, $63.9 million, and $56.2 million for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As existing leases expire, we anticipate such leases will be renewed or replaced with other leases that are substantially similar in terms, which are consistent with market rates at the time of renewal.

During fiscal 2020, we expect to enter into capital lease obligations for the purchase of approximately $35.0 to $40.0 million of capital lease assets.

Interest Rate Swap

In February 2019, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with a notional amount of $500.0 million to  convert the variable interest rate on our First Lien Term Loan to a fixed 1-month LIBOR interest rate  of 2.46% . These contracts were effective on  February 28, 2019  and terminate on  February 28, 2023.

 

41

 

Table of Contents

 

Debt Covenants

The ABL Facility contains certain affirmative covenants, including financial and other reporting requirements. We were in compliance with all such covenants as of April 30, 2019.

The First Lien Facility contains a number of covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, as described in the First Lien Credit Agreement, to: incur more indebtedness; pay dividends, redeem or repurchase stock or make other distributions; make investments; create restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to us or make other intercompany transfers; create liens securing indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; merge or consolidate; enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and prepay or amend the terms of certain indebtedness. We were in compliance with all restrictive covenants as of April 30, 2019.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of April 30, 2019, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships for the purpose of facilitating off‑balance sheet arrangements or for other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of operating results and financial condition are based upon our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. The preparation of our financial statements, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net sales, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that may impact us in the future, actual results may be materially different from the estimates.

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies are affected by significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and that the judgments and estimates are reasonable.

 

Goodwill

 

Description . We perform an impairment test of our goodwill annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year (February 1) or when events and circumstances indicate goodwill might be impaired. Impairment testing of goodwill is required at the reporting unit level and involves a two-step process. However, we may first assess the qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the estimated fair value of our reporting units with the reporting unit's carrying amount, including goodwill. If we determine that the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, we perform a second step to compare the carrying amount of goodwill to the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as utilized to recognize goodwill in a business combination. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess. We evaluate our reporting units on an annual basis or when events or circumstances indicate our reporting units might change.

 

Judgments and Uncertainties . Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units and determining the fair values of reporting units. We estimate the fair values of our reporting units based on weighting of a discounted cash flow analysis, a market comparable method and a market transaction approach. These models use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. Significant estimates and assumptions inherent in the valuations include the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability), the discount rate applied to the cash flows and the selection of guideline companies. The assumptions with the most significant impact on the fair value of the reporting unit are those related to the discount rate, the terminal value, future operating cash flows and the growth rate.

 

42

 

Table of Contents

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions . As of April 30, 2019,  we had approximately $617.3 million of goodwill. Our fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 annual impairment tests indicated the estimated fair value of our reporting units exceeded their carrying values. However, changes in management intentions, market events or conditions, projected future net sales, operating results, cash flows of our reporting units and other similar circumstances could affect the assumptions used in the impairment tests. Although management currently believes that the estimates used in the evaluation of goodwill are reasonable, differences between actual and expected net sales, operating results and cash flow could cause goodwill to be impaired.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

Description . We depreciate property and equipment and amortize intangible assets over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimates of useful lives are based on the nature of the underlying assets as well as our experience with similar assets and intended use. We periodically review estimated useful lives for reasonableness. We evaluate recoverability of long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flow expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

 

Judgments and Uncertainties . Determining the useful life of an intangible asset requires judgment. Estimates of useful lives can differ from actual useful lives due to the inherent uncertainty in making these estimates. Our impairment tests contain uncertainties because they require management to make assumptions and apply judgment regarding the amount and timing of future cash flows (including expected growth rates and profitability) and the discount rate applied to the cash flows.

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ. As of April 30, 2019, we had $282.3 million of property and equipment and $429.3 million of intangible assets. We did not recognize any material impairment charges for our long-lived assets during the past three years. We did not have any material changes in useful lives for our long-lived assets during the past three years. However, changes in management intentions, market events or conditions, projected future net sales, operating results and other similar circumstances could affect the assumptions used in the impairment tests. Although management currently believes that the estimates used in the evaluation of long-lived assets are reasonable, differences between actual and expected net sales, operating results and cash flow could cause these assets to be impaired.

 

Business Combinations

 

Description .   We account for business combinations by recognizing the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date fair value. In valuing acquired assets and liabilities, fair value estimates use Level 3 inputs, including future expected cash flows and discount rates. Goodwill is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments arising from new facts and circumstances are recorded to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

 

Judgments and Uncertainties . Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions about intangible assets, obligations assumed and pre-acquisition contingencies, including uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances and reserves. Critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from customer relationships and developed technologies; the acquired company’s brand and competitive position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the acquired brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio; and discount rates.

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ.   Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are inherently uncertain. As a result, actual results may differ from estimates.

43

 

Table of Contents

 

Subsidiary Equity-Based Deferred Compensation Arrangements

 

Description . Certain subsidiaries have equity-based compensation agreements with the subsidiary’s employees and minority shareholders. These agreements are stock appreciation rights, deferred compensation agreements and liabilities to noncontrolling interest holders. The agreements entitle selected employees of those subsidiaries to participate in increases in the adjusted book value of a specified number of shares of common stock of those subsidiaries. Adjusted book value for this purpose generally means the book value of the relevant shares, as increased, or decreased, to reflect those shares’ ratable portion of any annual earnings, or losses, of the relevant subsidiary (based on the total number of outstanding shares of the relevant subsidiary). Since these agreements are typically settled in cash or notes, they are accounted for as liability awards and measured at fair value. For more information regarding these agreements, see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019.

 

Judgments and Uncertainties . The determination of fair value is a significant estimate, which is based on assumptions including the expected book value of the subsidiary per share at the time of redemption and the expected termination date of each award holder. To determine the expected book value of the subsidiary at redemption date, we have used a lognormal binomial method. Significant inputs to this estimate include historical book values of the subsidiaries, our expected incremental borrowing rate, the expected retirement age of certain individuals and the expected volatility of the underlying book values of the subsidiary’s equity. This estimate is, by its nature, subjective and involves a high degree of judgment and assumptions.

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions . As of April 30, 2019, we had total liabilities for stock appreciation rights, deferred compensation agreements and liabilities to noncontrolling interest holders of $37.6 million. The amounts recorded in the financial statements for these agreements could vary significantly if we were to use different assumptions. The assumptions used may have a significant effect on our estimates of fair value, and the use of different assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, could have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

Income Taxes

 

Description . Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Inherent in the measurement of deferred balances are certain judgments and interpretations of existing tax law and published guidance as applicable to our operations.

 

We evaluate our deferred tax assets to determine if valuation allowances are required. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider both positive and negative evidence in determining whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The primary negative evidence considered includes the cumulative operating losses generated in prior periods. The primary positive evidence considered includes the reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to depreciation and amortization that would occur within the same jurisdiction and during the carry-forward period necessary to absorb the federal and state net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. The reversal of such liabilities would utilize the federal and state net operating losses and other deferred tax assets.

 

We record amounts for uncertain tax positions that management believes are supportable, but are potentially subject to successful challenge by the applicable taxing authority. Consequently, changes in our assumptions and judgments could materially affect amounts recognized related to income tax uncertainties and may affect our results of operations or financial position. We believe our assumptions for estimates continue to be reasonable, although actual results may have a positive or negative material impact on the balances of such tax positions. Historically, the variation of estimates to actual results is immaterial and material variation is not expected in the future.

 

Judgments and Uncertainties .   We consider the probability of future taxable income and our historical profitability, among other factors, in assessing the amount of the valuation allowance. Significant judgment is involved in this determination, including projections of future taxable income. Our liability for unrecognized tax benefits contains uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions. Our effective income tax rate is also affected by changes in tax law, our

44

 

Table of Contents

 

level of earnings and the results of tax audits.

 

Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions .  Although we believe that the judgments and estimates used are reasonable ,  changes in estimates and assumptions could materially affect the amount or timing of valuation allowances.

 

Newly Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding recently adopted and recently issued accounting pronouncements.

 

Non‑GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP measures. We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. However, we present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, which are not recognized financial measures under GAAP, because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are helpful in highlighting trends in our operating results, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long‑term strategic decisions regarding capital structure and allocation, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments and acquisitions.

In addition, we utilize Adjusted EBITDA in certain calculations under the ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility. The ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility permit us to make certain additional adjustments in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, such as projected net cost savings, which are not reflected in the Adjusted EBITDA data presented in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. We may in the future reflect such permitted adjustments in our calculations of Adjusted EBITDA.

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies, many of which present an Adjusted EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA margin measure when reporting their results. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non‑recurring items. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry or across different industries.

We also include information concerning Adjusted EBITDA margin, which is calculated as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net sales. We present Adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measure to judge the level of Adjusted EBITDA that is generated from net sales.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have their limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

45

 

Table of Contents

 

The following is a reconciliation of our net income to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 

 

 

2019

 

2018

    

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Net income

 

$

56,002

 

$

62,971

 

$

48,886

Interest expense

 

 

73,677

 

 

31,395

 

 

29,360

Write-off of debt discount and deferred financing fees

 

 

 —

 

 

74

 

 

7,103

Interest income

 

 

(66)

 

 

(177)

 

 

(152)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

14,039

 

 

20,883

 

 

22,654

Depreciation expense

 

 

46,456

 

 

24,075

 

 

25,565

Amortization expense

 

 

71,003

 

 

41,455

 

 

43,675

Stock appreciation expense(a)

 

 

2,730

 

 

2,318

 

 

148

Redeemable noncontrolling interests(b)

 

 

1,188

 

 

1,868

 

 

3,536

Equity-based compensation(c)

 

 

3,906

 

 

1,695

 

 

2,534

Severance and other permitted costs(d)

 

 

8,152

 

 

581

 

 

(157)

Transaction costs (acquisitions and other)(e)

 

 

7,858

 

 

3,370

 

 

2,249

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(525)

 

 

(509)

 

 

(338)

Management fee to related party(f)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

188

Effects of fair value adjustments to inventory(g)

 

 

4,176

 

 

324

 

 

946

Change in fair value of financial instruments(h)

 

 

6,395

 

 

6,125

 

 

382

Secondary public offering costs(i)

 

 

 —

 

 

1,525

 

 

1,385

Debt transaction costs(j)

 

 

678

 

 

1,285

 

 

265

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

295,669

 

$

199,258

 

$

188,229


(a)

Represents non‑cash compensation expenses related to stock appreciation rights agreements.

(b)

Represents non‑cash compensation expense related to changes in the redemption values of noncontrolling interests.

(c)

Represents non‑cash equity‑based compensation expense related to the issuance of share-based awards.

(d)

Represents severance expenses and other costs permitted in calculations under the ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility.

(e)

Represents costs related to our IPO and acquisitions paid to third-party advisors.

(f)

Represents management fees paid by us to AEA. Following our IPO, AEA no longer receives management fees from us.

(g)

Represents the non‑cash cost of sales impact of purchase accounting adjustments to increase inventory to its estimated fair value.

(h)

Represents the mark‑to‑market adjustments for derivative financial instruments.

(i)

Represents costs related to our secondary offerings paid to third-party advisors.

(j)

Represents expenses paid to third-party advisors related to debt refinancing activities.

 

 

 

46

 

Table of Contents

 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk through fluctuations in interest rates on our debt obligations. A significant portion of our outstanding debt bears interest at variable rates. As a result, increases in interest rates could increase the cost of servicing our debt and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. We seek to manage exposure to adverse interest rate changes through our normal operating and financing activities, as well as through hedging activities, such as entering into interest rate derivative agreements. In February 2019, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with a notional amount of $500.0 million to  convert the variable interest rate on our First Lien Term Loan to a fixed 1-month LIBOR interest rate  of 2.46% . These contracts were effective on  February 28, 2019  and terminate on  February 28, 2023. Excluding the impact of this interest rate swap and the interest rate floor on the First Lien Facility, each 1% increase in interest rates on the First Lien Facility would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $9.9 million based on the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the First Lien Facility as of April 30, 2019. Assuming the ABL Facility was fully drawn, each 1% increase in interest rates would result in a $3.5 million increase in our annual interest expense on the ABL Facility. As of April 30, 2019, $986.9 million aggregate principal amount was outstanding under the First Lien Facility and $44.0 million was outstanding under the ABL Facility.

Foreign Currency Risk

On June 1, 2018, we acquired  Titan  pursuant to a securities purchase agreement entered into on April 5, 2018. Titan has 30 locations across five provinces in Canada. As of April 30, 2018, we were exposed to foreign currency exchange  risk associated with the purchase price that was denominated in Canadian dollars. To mitigate this foreign currency exchange risk, we entered into a foreign currency forward contract. The foreign currency forward contract effectively fixed the amount we paid for the purchase price by contracting the Company to pay U.S. dollars and receive Canadian dollars on the notional amount. The notional amount of the foreign currency forward contract was $569.2 million as of April 30, 2018. The foreign currency forward contract did not qualify for hedge accounting. During the year ended April 30, 2018, we recognized a $5.1 million loss on the change in fair value of the foreign currency forward contract. During the year ended April 30, 2019, we recognized a $5.7 million loss on the change in fair value of the foreign currency forward contract, which was settled upon the acquisition on Titan. 

As a result of the acquisition of Titan, we have exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations for our operations in Canada, which can adversely impact our net income and cash flows. Approximately 13% of our net sales during the year ended April 30, 2019 were derived from sales to customers in Canada. These operations are primarily conducted in the local currency. This exposes us to risks associated with changes in foreign currency that can adversely affect net sales, net income and cash flows. We currently do not enter into financial instruments to manage this foreign currency exchange risk.

 

 

47

 

Table of Contents

 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

GMS Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Page

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms  

49

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2019 and 2018  

53

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017  

54

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017  

55

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2019,  2018 and 2017  

56

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

57

 

 

48

 

Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of GMS Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GMS Inc. (the Company) as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended April 30, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at April 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended April 30, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ( 2013 framework)   and our report dated June 27, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

 

Atlanta, Georgia

June 27, 2019

49

 

Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of GMS Inc.

 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited GMS Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control— Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework)   (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, GMS Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019, based on   the COSO criteria .

 

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of WSB Titan (Titan), which is included in the 2019 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted 28% of total assets as of April 30, 2019 and 13% and 14% of sales and net income, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting of Titan.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of GMS Inc.   as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years then ended, and the related notes of the Company and our report dated June 27, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.

50

 

Table of Contents

 

Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Atlanta, Georgia

June 27, 2019

51

 

Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of GMS Inc.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for the year ended April 30, 2017 present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of GMS Inc. and its subsidiaries for the year ended April 30, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.  We conducted our audit of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Atlanta, Georgia

June 30, 2017

 

 

52

 

Table of Contents

 

GMS Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

April 30, 

 

April 30, 

 

 

2019

    

2018

Assets

Current assets:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

47,338

 

$

36,437

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net of allowances of $6,432 and $9,633, respectively

 

 

445,771

 

 

346,450

Inventories, net

 

 

290,829

 

 

239,223

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

18,368

 

 

11,726

Total current assets

 

 

802,306

 

 

633,836

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $123,583 and $85,761, respectively

 

 

282,349

 

 

163,582

Goodwill

 

 

617,327

 

 

427,645

Intangible assets, net

 

 

429,313

 

 

222,682

Deferred income taxes

 

 

4,676

 

 

 —

Other assets

 

 

13,583

 

 

6,766

Total assets

 

$

2,149,554

 

$

1,454,511

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Accounts payable

 

$

173,751

 

$

116,168

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

 

 

62,858

 

 

56,323

Other accrued expenses and current liabilities

 

 

79,848

 

 

45,146

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

42,118

 

 

16,284

Total current liabilities

 

 

358,575

 

 

233,921

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

1,099,077

 

 

579,602

Deferred income taxes, net

 

 

10,226

 

 

10,742

Other liabilities

 

 

41,571

 

 

35,088

Liabilities to noncontrolling interest holders, less current portion

 

 

10,929

 

 

15,707

Total liabilities

 

 

1,520,378

 

 

875,060

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

  

 

 

  

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

  

 

 

  

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 500,000 shares authorized; 40,375 and 41,069 shares issued and outstanding as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

404

 

 

411

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 50,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of April 30, 2019 and 2018

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Exchangeable shares

 

 

29,639

 

 

 —

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

480,113

 

 

489,007

Retained earnings

 

 

145,594

 

 

89,592

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(26,574)

 

 

441

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

629,176

 

 

579,451

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

2,149,554

 

$

1,454,511

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

53

 

Table of Contents

 

GMS Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

(in thousands, except for per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 

 

 

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Net sales

 

$

3,116,032

 

$

2,511,469

 

$

2,319,146

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown separately below)

 

 

2,111,913

 

 

1,692,893

 

 

1,560,575

Gross profit

 

 

1,004,119

 

 

818,576

 

 

758,571

Operating expenses:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

739,460

 

 

633,877

 

 

585,078

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

117,459

 

 

65,530

 

 

69,240

Total operating expenses

 

 

856,919

 

 

699,407

 

 

654,318

Operating income

 

 

147,200

 

 

119,169

 

 

104,253

Other (expense) income:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Interest expense

 

 

(73,677)

 

 

(31,395)

 

 

(29,360)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

(6,395)

 

 

(6,125)

 

 

(382)

Write-off of debt discount and deferred financing fees

 

 

 —

 

 

(74)

 

 

(7,103)

Other income, net

 

 

2,913

 

 

2,279

 

 

4,132

Total other expense, net

 

 

(77,159)

 

 

(35,315)

 

 

(32,713)

Income before taxes

 

 

70,041

 

 

83,854

 

 

71,540

Provision for income taxes

 

 

14,039

 

 

20,883

 

 

22,654

Net income

 

$

56,002

 

$

62,971

 

$

48,886

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

 

40,914

 

 

41,015

 

 

40,260

Diluted

 

 

41,589

 

 

42,163

 

 

41,070

Net income per common share(1):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

$

1.33

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.21

Diluted

 

$

1.31

 

$

1.49

 

$

1.19

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

56,002

 

$

62,971

 

$

48,886

Foreign currency translation loss

 

 

(22,320)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Changes in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

(4,695)

 

 

1,325

 

 

264

Comprehensive income

 

$

28,987

 

$

64,296

 

$

49,150


(1)

See Note 18 for detailed calculations.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

54

 

Table of Contents

 

GMS Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

Earnings

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

Common Stock

 

Exchangeable

 

Paid-in

 

(Accumulated

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders'

 

  

Shares

  

Amount

  

Shares

  

Capital

  

Deficit)

  

Income (Loss)

  

Equity

Balances as of April 30, 2016

 

32,893

 

$

329

 

$

 —

 

$

334,244

 

$

(22,265)

 

$

(1,148)

 

$

311,160

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

48,886

 

 

 —

 

 

48,886

Change in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

264

 

 

264

Equity-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,370

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,370

Issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs

 

8,050

 

 

80

 

 

 —

 

 

151,332

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

151,412

Exercise of stock options

 

28

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

 

 

513

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

514

Balances as of April 30, 2017

 

40,971

 

 

410

 

 

 —

 

 

488,459

 

 

26,621

 

 

(884)

 

 

514,606

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

62,971

 

 

 —

 

 

62,971

Change in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,325

 

 

1,325

Equity-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,513

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,513

Tax withholding related to net share settlements of stock options

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,441)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,441)

Exercise of stock options

 

98

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

 

 

476

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

477

Balances as of April 30, 2018

 

41,069

 

 

411

 

 

 —

 

 

489,007

 

 

89,592

 

 

441

 

 

579,451

Net income

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

56,002

 

 

 —

 

 

56,002

Issuance of Exchangeable Shares

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

29,639

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

29,639

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

(978)

 

 

(10)

 

 

 —

 

 

(16,510)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(16,520)

Foreign currency translation loss

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(22,320)

 

 

(22,320)

Change in other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,695)

 

 

(4,695)

Equity-based compensation

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,726

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3,726

Tax withholding related to net share settlements of equity awards

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(50)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(50)

Exercise of stock options

 

205

 

 

 2

 

 

 —

 

 

2,536

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,538

Vesting of restricted stock units

 

 5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Issuance of common stock pursuant to employee stock purchase plan

 

74

 

 

 1

 

 

 —

 

 

1,404

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,405

Balances as of April 30, 2019

 

40,375

 

$

404

 

$

29,639

 

$

480,113

 

$

145,594

 

$

(26,574)

 

$

629,176

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

55

 

Table of Contents

 

GMS Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year Ended April 30,

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

56,002

 

$

62,971

 

$

48,886

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

117,459

 

 

65,530

 

 

69,240

Write-off and amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs

 

 

3,332

 

 

2,851

 

 

9,793

Provision for losses on accounts and notes receivable

 

 

617

 

 

(622)

 

 

(122)

Provision for obsolescence of inventory

 

 

432

 

 

106

 

 

425

Effects of fair value adjustments to inventory

 

 

4,176

 

 

324

 

 

946

Increase in fair value of contingent consideration

 

 

759

 

 

195

 

 

(1,484)

Equity-based compensation

 

 

7,643

 

 

5,745

 

 

3,142

Gain on sale and disposal of assets

 

 

(525)

 

 

(509)

 

 

(336)

Change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

6,395

 

 

6,125

 

 

382

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(17,487)

 

 

(16,224)

 

 

(20,114)

Changes in assets and liabilities net of effects of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

 

(13,586)

 

 

(11,752)

 

 

(20,400)

Inventories

 

 

5,137

 

 

(35,098)

 

 

(19,336)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

 

(4,842)

 

 

(3,109)

 

 

(1,476)

Accounts payable

 

 

26,816

 

 

11,365

 

 

(3,763)

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

 

 

6,631

 

 

(236)

 

 

4,440

Derivative liability

 

 

(10,778)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

 

 

5,434

 

 

3,601

 

 

(2,308)

Cash provided by operating activities

 

 

193,615

 

 

91,263

 

 

67,915

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(18,770)

 

 

(23,741)

 

 

(11,083)

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

 

1,170

 

 

2,865

 

 

3,995

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

(583,092)

 

 

(28,333)

 

 

(150,428)

Cash used in investing activities

 

 

(600,692)

 

 

(49,209)

 

 

(157,516)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Repayments on the revolving credit facility

 

 

(937,176)

 

 

(617,230)

 

 

(1,011,925)

Borrowings from the revolving credit facility

 

 

981,148

 

 

513,878

 

 

1,013,365

Payments of principal on long-term debt

 

 

(9,968)

 

 

(5,776)

 

 

(4,584)

Payments of principal on capital lease obligations

 

 

(19,474)

 

 

(6,132)

 

 

(5,208)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock in initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

156,941

Repayments of term loan

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(160,000)

Borrowings from term loan

 

 

996,840

 

 

577,616

 

 

481,225

Repayments from term loan

 

 

(571,840)

 

 

(477,616)

 

 

(381,225)

Repurchases of common stock

 

 

(16,520)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(7,933)

 

 

(3,283)

 

 

(3,844)

Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards

 

 

(50)

 

 

(1,441)

 

 

 —

Proceeds from exercises of stock options

 

 

2,538

 

 

477

 

 

345

Other financing activities

 

 

1,405

 

 

(671)

 

 

 —

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

418,970

 

 

(20,178)

 

 

85,090

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(992)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

10,901

 

 

21,876

 

 

(4,511)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

36,437

 

 

14,561

 

 

19,072

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

47,338

 

$

36,437

 

$

14,561

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

19,351

 

$

38,954

 

$

49,163

Cash paid for interest

 

 

66,435

 

 

28,613

 

 

26,443

Supplemental schedule of noncash activities:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Assets acquired under capital lease

 

$

111,826

 

$

9,086

 

$

9,410

Issuance of installment notes associated with equity-based compensation liability awards

 

 

5,356

 

 

12,433

 

 

5,352

Increase (decrease) in insurance claims payable and insurance recoverable

 

 

619

 

 

(2,362)

 

 

1,876

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

56

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

 

Founded in 1971, GMS Inc. (“we,” “our,” “us,” or the “Company”), through its wholly-owned operating subsidiaries, is a distributor of specialty building products including wallboard, suspended ceilings systems, or ceilings, steel framing and other complementary building products. We purchase products from a large number of manufacturers and then distribute these goods to a customer base consisting of wallboard and ceilings contractors and homebuilders and, to a lesser extent, general contractors and individuals. We operate a network of more than 250  distribution centers across the United States and Canada.

 

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of the Company’s Canadian subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the balance sheet date, while income and expenses are translated at average rates for the period. Translation gains and losses are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity and other comprehensive income. Gains and losses on foreign currency transactions are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income within other income, net.

Reclassifications

 

Certain amounts in the prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

 

Trade Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivables are recorded at their net realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses due to the failure of customers to make required payments, as well as allowances for sales returns and cash discounts. The Company’s estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts is based on an assessment of individual past due accounts, historical write‑off experience, accounts receivable aging and current economic trends. Account balances are written off when the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

57

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Inventories

 

Inventories consist of finished goods purchased for resale and include wallboard, ceilings, steel framing and other specialty building products. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). The cost of inventories is determined by the moving average cost method. The Company routinely evaluates inventory for excess or obsolescence and considers factors such as historical usage rates and demand.

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation . Property and equipment obtained through acquisition is stated at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. Expenditures for improvements and betterments are capitalized, while the costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to operating expense as incurred. Gains and losses related to the sale of property and equipment are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

Depreciation expense for property and equipment is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various asset classes. The estimated useful lives of property and equipment are as follows:

 

 

 

Buildings

 

25 - 39 years

Furniture, fixtures and automobiles

 

3 - 5 years

Warehouse and delivery equipment

 

4 - 10 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of estimated useful life or lease term

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment of Canadian subsidiaries is depreciated over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

 

 

 

Vehicles and trucks

 

30% - 40% declining balance

Furniture and fixtures

 

8% - 20% declining balance

Buildings

 

4% declining balance

Machinery and equipment

 

30% declining balance

Leasehold improvements

 

Straight-line over shorter of estimated useful life or lease term

 

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The Company does not amortize goodwill. The Company tests its goodwill annually during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year or when events and circumstances indicate that those assets might not be recoverable. Impairment testing of goodwill is required at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below operating segment) and involves a two-step process. Prior to performing the two-step impairment test, the Company may make a qualitative assessment of the likelihood of goodwill impairment in order to determine whether a detailed quantitative analysis is required. The first step of the impairment test involves comparing the estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units with the reporting units’ carrying amounts, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step is performed to compare the carrying amount of goodwill to the implied fair value of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

 

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of customer relationships, trade names and other assets acquired in conjunction with the purchases of businesses or purchases of assets from other companies. The Company typically uses an income method to estimate the fair value of intangible assets, which is based on forecasts of the expected future cash flows attributable to the respective assets. When management determines material intangible assets are acquired in conjunction with the purchase of a business, the Company determines the fair values of the identifiable intangible assets by taking into

58

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

account management’s own analysis and an independent third-party valuation specialist’s appraisal. Intangible assets determined to have definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that would necessitate an impairment assessment include a significant decline in the observable market value of an asset, a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or a significant adverse change that would indicate the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets is not recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment loss if its carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted cash flows and measures the impairment loss, if any, based on the difference between the carrying amount and fair value. Long-lived assets held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value less costs to sell and are recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company classifies assets as held for sale if it commits to a plan to sell the asset within one year and actively markets the asset in its current condition for a price that is reasonable in comparison to its estimated fair value.

Insurance Liabilities

The Company is self‑insured for certain losses related to medical claims. The Company has stop-loss coverage to limit the exposure arising from medical claims. The Company has deductible‑based insurance policies for certain losses related to general liability, workers’ compensation and automobile. The deductible amount per incident is $0.3 million, $0.5 million and $1.0 million for general liability, workers’ compensation and automobile, respectively. The coverage consists of a primary layer and an excess layer. The primary layer of coverage is from $0.5 million to $2.0 million and the excess layer covers claims from $2.0 million to $100.0 million. The expected ultimate cost for claims incurred as of the balance sheet date is not discounted and is recognized as a liability. Insurance losses for claims filed and claims incurred but not reported are accrued based upon estimates of the aggregate liability for uninsured claims using loss development factors and actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry and historical loss development experience.

As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, the aggregate liabilities for medical self‑insurance were $3.4 million and $4.1 million, respectively, and are included in other accrued expenses and current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, reserves for general liability, workers’ compensation and automobile totaled $17.7 million and $14.7 million, respectively, and are included in other accrued expenses and current liabilities and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, expected recoveries for medical self‑insurance, general liability, workers’ compensation and automobile totaled $6.0 million and $4.8 million, respectively, and are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Restructuring

The Company recognizes a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity when the liability is incurred. After the appropriate level of management approves the detailed restructuring plan and the appropriate criteria for recognition are met, the Company establishes accruals for employee termination and other costs, as applicable. During the first quarter of 2019, the Company initiated a reduction in workforce as part of a strategic cost reduction plan to improve operational efficiency. The Company recorded $5.0 million of restructuring costs during the year ended April 30, 2019 in connection with the reduction in workforce and certain other restructuring activities, consisting primarily of severance and other employee costs. Such costs are classified within selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. As of April 30, 2019, all costs related to the reduction in workforce have been paid.

 

59

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Debt Issuance Costs

The Company capitalizes debt issuance costs and amortizes them over the term of the related debt. The Company uses the straight‑line method to amortize debt issuance costs for its revolving credit facility and uses the effective interest method to amortize debt issuance costs for its term loan facilities. Amortization of debt issuance costs is recorded in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. The Company classifies debt issuance costs for its revolving credit facility as an asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and classifies debt issuance costs for its term loan facilities as a reduction of the related debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Leases

The Company categorizes leases at their inception as either operating or capital leases depending on certain criteria. Leased property and equipment meeting capital lease criteria are capitalized at the lower of the present value of the related lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Certain of the Company’s operating lease agreements include scheduled rent escalations or rent holidays over the term of the lease. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is recorded as deferred rent in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Incentives granted under certain leases are treated as a reduction of the Company’s rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease agreement.

Stock Appreciation Rights, Deferred Compensation and Liabilities to Noncontrolling Interest Holders

Certain subsidiaries have equity based compensation agreements with the subsidiary’s employees and minority stockholders. These agreements are stock appreciation rights, deferred compensation agreements and liabilities to noncontrolling interest holders. Since these agreements are typically settled in cash or notes, they are accounted for as liability awards and measured at fair value. See Note 12, “Stock Appreciation Rights, Deferred Compensation and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests,” for additional information with respect to these agreements.

 

Derivative Instruments

The Company has entered into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to certain financial risks. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and measured at fair value. Derivative instruments that do not qualify as a hedge or are not designated as a hedge are adjusted to estimated fair value in earnings. Derivative instruments that meet hedge criteria are formally designated as hedges. For derivative instruments designated as a cash flow hedge, the Company recognizes the change in fair value, net of taxes, on the effective portion of the derivative to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and an amount is reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings to offset the earnings impact that is attributable to the risk being hedged. For derivative instruments designated as a fair value hedge, the Company recognizes the loss or gain attributable to the risk being hedged in earnings in the period of change with a corresponding offset recorded to the item for which the risk is being hedged. The Company performs the effectiveness testing of its designated hedges on a quarterly basis and the changes in ineffective portions of the derivatives, if any, are recognized immediately in earnings. See Note 13, “Derivative Instruments,” for additional information with respect to the Company’s derivative instruments.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue upon transfer of control of promised goods to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities. The Company includes shipping and handling costs billed to customers in net sales. These costs are recognized as a component of selling,

60

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

general and administrative expenses when the Company does not bill the customer. See Note 2, “Revenue,” for information on the Company’s revenue recognition.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales reflects the direct cost of goods purchased from third parties, rebates earned from vendors, adjustments for inventory reserves and the cost of inbound freight.

Vendor Rebates

Typical arrangements with our vendors provide for us to receive a rebate of a specified amount after we achieve any of a number of measures generally related to the volume of our purchases over a period of time. We record these rebates to effectively reduce our cost of sales in the period in which we sell the product. Throughout the year, we estimate the amount of rebates receivable for the periodic programs based upon the expected level of purchases. We accrue for the receipt of vendor rebates based on purchases and also reduce inventory to reflect the deferral of cost of sales.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses include expenses related to the delivery and warehousing of our products, as well as employee compensation and benefits expenses for employees in our branches and yard support center, as well as other administrative expenses, such as legal, accounting and information technology costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses included delivery expenses of $225.6 million, $228.0 million and $205.0 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Advertising Expense

The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. Advertising expense was $1.9 million, $1.8 million and $2.3 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Equity‑Based Compensation

As of April 30, 2019, the Company had various stock-based compensation plans, which are more fully described in Note 11, “Equity-Based Compensation.” The Company measures compensation cost for all share‑based awards at fair value on the grant date (or measurement date if different) and recognizes compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period for awards expected to vest. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model and determines the fair value of restricted stock units based on the quoted price of GMS’s common stock on the date of grant .   The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical analysis of actual forfeitures and employee turnover. Actual forfeitures are recorded when incurred and estimated forfeitures are reviewed at least annually.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Inherent in the measurement of deferred balances are certain judgments and interpretations of existing tax law and published guidance as applicable to our operations.

We evaluate our deferred tax assets to determine if valuation allowances are required. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider both positive and negative evidence in determining whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The primary negative evidence considered includes the cumulative operating losses generated in prior periods. The primary positive evidence considered includes the reversal of deferred tax liabilities related to depreciation and amortization that would occur

61

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

within the same jurisdiction and during the carry‑forward period necessary to absorb the federal and state net operating losses and other deferred tax assets. The reversal of such liabilities would utilize the federal and state net operating losses and other deferred tax assets.

We record amounts for uncertain tax positions that management believes are supportable, but are potentially subject to successful challenge by the applicable taxing authority. Consequently, changes in our assumptions and judgments could materially affect amounts recognized related to income tax uncertainties and may affect our results of operations or financial position. We believe our assumptions for estimates are reasonable, although actual results may have a positive or negative material impact on the balances of such tax positions. Historically, the variation of estimates to actual results is not significant and material variation is not expected in the future.

 

Credit and Economic Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts and notes receivable. The Company assesses the credit standing of counterparties as considered necessary. The Company routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers and generally does not require collateral. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are limited due to the large number of geographically diverse customers comprising the Company’s customer base. Additionally, the Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company does not enter into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As of April 30, 2019 and 2018, no customer accounted for more than 10% of gross accounts receivable.

 

The Company purchases a majority of its inventories from a select group of vendors. Without these vendors, the Company’s ability to acquire inventory would be significantly impaired.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Authoritative guidance for fair value measurements establishes a three‑level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation models based upon the degree to which they are observable. The three levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1

Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.  

Level 2

Inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3

Inputs are unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

The carrying values of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, trade receivables and trade payables approximate their fair values because of their short‑term nature . Based on borrowing rates available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying values of the Company’s debt instruments approximate fair value. See Note 14, “Fair Value Measurements,” for additional information with respect to the Company’s fair value measurements.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts  to issue common stock, including stock options and restricted stock units (collectively “Common Stock Equivalents”), were exercised or converted into common stock .   The dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and  restricted  stock units is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. In applying the treasury stock method for stock-based compensation arrangements, the assumed proceeds are computed as the sum of the amount the employee must pay upon exercise and the amount of compensation cost attributed to future services and not yet recognized.  Diluted earnings per share is

62

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

computed by increasing the weighted‑average number of outstanding shares of common stock computed in basic earnings per share to include the dilutive effect of  Common Stock Equivalents  for the period. In periods of net loss, the number of shares used to calculate diluted loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share.

The holders of the Company’s Exchangeable Shares (as defined in Note 3, “Business Acquisitions” and further described in Note 10, “Stockholders’ Equity”) are entitled to receive dividends or distributions that are equal to any dividends or distributions on the Company’s common stock. As a result, the Exchangeable Shares are classified as a participating security and thereby require the allocation of income that would have otherwise been available to common stockholders when calculating earnings per share. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by utilizing the most dilutive result of the if-converted and two-class methods. In both methods, net income attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average common shares outstanding are adjusted to account for the impact of the assumed issuance of potential common shares that are dilutive, subject to dilution sequencing rules.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Revenue recognition – In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued authoritative guidance on revenue from contracts with customers. The new guidance supersedes most existing revenue recognition guidance and outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The core principle of the revenue model is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August 2015, the FASB issued guidance that deferred the effective date by one year. The standard is required to be adopted by public business entities in annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those annual periods, and may be applied on a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach. Early adoption at the original effective date is permitted.

The Company adopted this guidance on May 1, 2018 (the first day of fiscal 2019)  using the modified retrospective approach.  The adoption of the new guidance, using the modified retrospective approach, did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. The adoption of the new guidance resulted in a $3.6 million reclassification in the Consolidated Balance Sheet from trade accounts and notes receivable to other accrued expenses and current liabilities for estimated sales returns. The adoption of the new revenue guidance also resulted in additional disclosures regarding the Company’s revenue recognition. The additional disclosures required by this new standard are contained in Note 2, “Revenue.”

Statement of Cash Flows  – In August 2016, the FASB issued new guidance to reduce diversity in practice related to certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows by adding or clarifying guidance on eight specific cash flow issues. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted this guidance on May 1, 2018. As a result of the adoption, the Company now classifies cash payments for debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, including third-party costs and other fees paid to lenders that are directly related to the debt prepayment or debt extinguishment, as cash outflows for financing activities. This resulted in a reclass from cash (used in) provided by operating activities (specifically the line item changes in other accrued expenses and current liabilities) to cash provided by financing activities (specifically the line item debt issuance costs) in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows of $2.6 million and $1.2 million for the years ended April 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The adoption did not have any other material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Derivatives  – In August 2017, the FASB issued new guidance on accounting for hedging activities, which expands and refines hedge accounting for both non-financial and financial risk components and aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the financial statements. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted this guidance on November 1, 2018 with no material impact on its financial statements.

63

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income –  In February 2018, the FASB issued authoritative guidance which permits entities to reclassify, to retained earnings, the one-time income tax effects stranded in accumulated other comprehensive income arising from the change in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. An entity that elects to make this reclassification must consider all items in accumulated other comprehensive income that have tax effects stranded as a result of the tax rate change, and must disclose the reclassification of these tax effects as well as the entity’s policy for releasing income tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income. The new guidance may be applied either retrospectively or as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 , including interim periods within those fiscal years . Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this guidance on May 1, 2018 with no material impact on its financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

Leases —In February 2016, the FASB issued authoritative guidance on accounting for leases. The new standard establishes a right-of-use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with such classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the statement of operations. The new standard is effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning May 1, 2019 (the first day of fiscal 2020), including interim reporting periods within that fiscal year. A modified transition approach is required for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.

On July 30, 2018, the FASB issued new guidance that provides entities with an additional (and optional) transition method to adopt the new lease standard. Under this new transition method, an entity initially applies the new lease standard at the adoption date and recognizes a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption.

The Company plans to adopt this guidance effective May 1, 2019, using the additional (optional) transition method , which applies the provisions of the new guidance at the effective date without adjusting the comparative periods presented. The Company has elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among other things, allows us to carry forward the historical accounting relating to lease identification and classification for existing leases upon adoption. The Company has made an accounting policy election to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off of the consolidated balance sheet. The Company is finalizing its evaluation of the impacts that the adoption of this accounting guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements , including finalizing accounting policies, implementing a new leasing system and implementing business processes and controls over the financial reporting of leases .   The Company expects that the adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets and additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures.

Goodwill  – In January 2017, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairments by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the new guidance, goodwill impairment will be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value. The new standard is effective for annual and any interim impairment tests for periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its financial statements.

Cloud Computing Costs   –   In August 2018, the FASB issued new guidance that clarifies the accounting treatment for implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements (hosting arrangements) that is a service contract. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the effect that this new guidance will have on its financial position, results of operations and disclosures.

Fair Value Measurement Disclosures   –   In August 2018, the FASB issued new guidance  that changes certain fair value measurement disclosure requirements .   This guidance  is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,

64

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity is permitted to early adopt all of the disclosure changes or early adopt only the removed disclosure requirements and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until the effective date of this amendment. Except for changes to certain disclosures related to fair value measurements, the Company does not expect  the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its financial statements.

Credit Losses   –   In November 2018, the FASB issued new guidance on   credit losses on financial instruments. This guidance is intended to introduce a revised approach to the recognition and measurement of credit losses, emphasizing an updated model based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. This new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim reporting periods contained therein, beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this guidance may have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

2. Revenue

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised goods to customers at an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental authorities. The Company includes shipping and handling costs billed to customers in net sales. These costs are recognized as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses when the Company does not bill the customer. See Note 17, “Segments,” for information regarding disaggregation of revenue, including revenue by product and by geographic area.

 

Performance Obligations

 

The Company primarily satisfies its performance obligations at a point in time, which is upon delivery of products. The Company’s payment terms vary by the type and location of its customers. The amount of time between point of sale and when payment is due is not significant and the Company has determined its contracts do not include a significant financing component. Product warranties do not constitute a performance obligation for the Company, as products are warrantied directly by the manufacturer.

 

Our contracts with customers involve performance obligations that are one year or less. Therefore, we applied the standard’s optional exemption that permits the omission of information about our unfulfilled performance obligations as of the balance sheet dates.

 

Significant Judgements

 

The Company’s contracts may include terms that could cause variability in the transaction price, including customer rebates, returns and cash discounts for early payment. Variable consideration is estimated and included in total consideration based on the expected value method. These estimates are based on historical experience, anticipated performance and other factors known at the time. The Company only includes estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved.

 

Contract Balances

 

Receivables from contracts with customers were $431.4 million and $326.6 million as of April 30, 2019 and May 1, 2018, respectively. The Company did not have material amounts of contract assets or liabilities as of April 30, 2019 or May 1, 2018.

 

65

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

3. Business Acquisitions

The Company accounts for business combinations by recognizing the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date fair value. In valuing acquired assets and liabilities, fair value estimates use Level 3 inputs, including future expected cash flows and discount rates. Goodwill is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, the Company’s estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company records adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments arising from new facts and circumstances are recorded to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. The results of operations of acquisitions are reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from the date of acquisition.

Acquisition of Titan

On June 1, 2018, the Company acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of WSB Titan (“Titan”), a distributer of wallboard, lumber, insulation and other complementary commercial and residential building materials. Titan is a gypsum specialty dealer with 30 locations across five provinces in Canada. The stated purchase price was $627.0 million ($800.0 million Canadian dollars). As part of the consideration, certain members of  Titan’s  management converted a portion of their ownership position into 1.1 million shares of equity that are exchangeable for the Company’s common stock (“Exchangeable Shares”). The purpose of the transaction was to extend the Company’s leadership position in North America with additional scale and footprint, expand its geographic coverage into the Canadian market and create opportunities for further expansion in Canada.

To finance this transaction, on June 1, 2018, the Company entered into a Third Amendment to its First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”) that provides for a new first lien term loan facility under the first lien credit agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $996.8 million due in June 2025 that bears interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR, with a 0% floor, plus 2.75%. The Company also drew down $143.0 million under its Asset Backed Lending Facility (“ABL Facility”). The net proceeds from the new first lien term loan facility, ABL Facility and cash on hand were used to repay the Company’s existing first lien term loan facility of $571.8 million under the Credit Agreement and to finance its acquisition of Titan.

The fair value of consideration transferred was $611.1 million, after adjusting for foreign currency changes in the stated purchase price and other fair value changes, which consisted of $581.5 million in cash and $29.6 million for the fair value of the 1.1 million Exchangeable Shares. See Note 10, “Stockholders’ Equity,” for more information on the Exchangeable Shares. The Company also assumed certain contingent consideration arrangements that relate to previous acquisitions of Titan. The contingent consideration arrangements are based on performance of Titan’s business and are payable in cash in fiscal 2020.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Titan were recognized at their acquisition date fair values. The purchase price allocation is subject to change as the Company obtains additional information during the measurement period about the facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date. During the year ended April 30, 2019, the Company received and analyzed new information about the fair value of consideration transferred, intangible assets and deferred income taxes as of the June 1, 2018 acquisition date and subsequently made adjustments to those amounts based on this information.

66

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the consideration transferred, and subsequent measurement period purchase price adjustments recorded, based on currently available information (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 1, 2018

 

Adjustments

 

April 30, 2019

Cash

    

$

5,573

 

$

 —

 

$

5,573

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

 

84,039

 

 

970

 

 

85,009

Inventories

 

 

60,272

 

 

 —

 

 

60,272

Prepaid and other current assets

 

 

8,334

 

 

 —

 

 

8,334

Property and equipment

 

 

37,263

 

 

 —

 

 

37,263

Goodwill

 

 

196,524

 

 

(2,726)

 

 

193,798

Intangible assets

 

 

289,423

 

 

(2,469)

 

 

286,954

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(40,833)

 

 

(970)

 

 

(41,803)

Contingent consideration

 

 

(12,039)

 

 

 —

 

 

(12,039)

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(14,337)

 

 

2,085

 

 

(12,252)

Fair value of consideration transferred

 

$

614,219

 

$

(3,110)

 

$

611,109

 

Goodwill arising from the acquisition is attributable to synergies achieved through the streamlining of operations combined with improved margins attainable through increased market presence. All of the goodwill is assigned to the Company’s geographic divisions segment. The goodwill is not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

 

Trade accounts and notes receivable had a preliminary estimate of fair value of $85.0 million and a gross contractual value of $86.6 million. The difference represents the Company’s best estimate of the contractual cash flows that will not be collected.

 

The following table summarizes the preliminary components of intangible assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Titan (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

    

Fair Value

  

  

Period (Years)

Customer relationships

 

$

246,954

 

 

15

Tradenames

 

 

30,870

 

 

15

Developed technology

 

 

5,402

 

 

 5

Non-compete agreements

 

 

2,856

 

 

 3

Other

 

 

872

 

 

 3

Total intangible assets

 

$

286,954

 

 

 

 

Net sales related to the Titan business included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the year ended April 30, 2019 were $414.4 million. Net income related to the Titan business included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the year ended April 30, 2019 was $8.1 million.

The following table represents the unaudited pro forma consolidated net sales and net income for the Company for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Net sales

 

$

3,161,188

 

$

2,989,873

Net income

 

 

52,519

 

 

68,956

 

The above pro forma results have been calculated by combining the historical results of the Company and Titan as if the acquisition of Titan had occurred on May 1, 2017, the first day of the comparable prior reporting period

67

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

presented. The pro forma results include estimates for intangible asset amortization, depreciation, interest expense and debt issuance costs and are subject to change once final asset values have been determined. No other material pro forma adjustments were deemed necessary to conform to the Company’s accounting policies or for any other situation. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results that would have been achieved had the transactions occurred on the first day of each of the periods presented or that may be achieved in the future.

 

Other Fiscal 2019 Acquisitions

 

On August 7, 2018, the Company acquired Charles G. Hardy, Inc. (“CGH”). CGH is an interior building products distributor in Paramount, California. On March 4, 2019, the Company acquired Commercial Builders Group, LLC (“CBG”). CBG is an interior building products distributor in LaPlace, Louisiana. The impact of these acquisitions is not material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fiscal 2018 Acquisitions

 

In fiscal 2018, the Company completed the following acquisitions, with an aggregate purchase price of $24.4 million of cash consideration. The purpose of these acquisitions was to expand the geographical coverage of the Company and grow the business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Name

    

Form of Acquisition

    

Date of Acquisition

ASI Building Products, LLC

 

Purchase of net assets

 

August 1, 2017

Washington Builders Supply, Inc.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

October 2, 2017

Southwest Building Materials, Ltd.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

December 4, 2017

California-based distribution business of Grabber Construction Products, Inc.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

April 2, 2018

CMH Distributing, Inc.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

April 2, 2018

 

The allocation of consideration for these acquisitions is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preliminary

 

 

 

 

Final

 

 

Purchase Price

 

Adjustments/

 

Purchase Price

 

 

Allocation

 

Reclassifications

 

Allocation

 

 

(in thousands)

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

$

4,872

 

$

 —

 

$

4,872

Inventories

 

 

4,321

 

 

 —

 

 

4,321

Property and equipment

 

 

1,081

 

 

 —

 

 

1,081

Tradenames

 

 

1,000

 

 

 —

 

 

1,000

Vendor agreement

 

 

1,000

 

 

 —

 

 

1,000

Other intangible assets

 

 

620

 

 

 —

 

 

620

Customer relationships

 

 

9,358

 

 

 —

 

 

9,358

Goodwill

 

 

4,145

 

 

 8

 

 

4,153

Liabilities assumed

 

 

(1,951)

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,951)

Purchase price

 

$

24,446

 

$

 8

 

$

24,454

 

Goodwill recognized is attributable to synergies achieved through the streamlining of operations combined with improved margins attainable through increased market presence and is all attributable to our one operating reportable segment. The goodwill and other intangible assets related to these acquisitions are deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The pro forma impact of these acquisitions is not presented as it is not considered material to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

68

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions

In fiscal 2017, the Company completed the following acquisitions, with an aggregate purchase price of $154.0 million, comprised of $148.7 million of cash consideration and $5.3 million of consideration related to working capital settlements and contingent consideration. The purpose of these acquisitions was to expand the geographical coverage of the Company and grow the business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Name

    

Form of Acquisition

    

Date of Acquisition

Wall & Ceiling Supply Co., Inc.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

May 2, 2016 

Rockwise, LLC

 

Purchase of net assets

 

July 5, 2016 

Steven F. Kempf Building Materials, Inc.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

August 29, 2016

Olympia Building Supplies, LLC/Redmill, Inc.

 

Purchase of 100% of outstanding common stock

 

September 1, 2016

United Building Materials, Inc.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

October 3, 2016

Ryan Building Materials, Inc.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

October 31, 2016

Interior Products Supply

 

Purchase of net assets

 

December 5, 2016

Hawaii-based distribution business of Grabber Construction Products, Inc.

 

Purchase of net assets

 

February 1, 2017

 

The allocation of consideration for these acquisitions is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preliminary

 

 

 

 

Final

 

 

Purchase Price

 

Adjustments/

 

Purchase Price

 

 

Allocation

 

Reclassifications

 

Allocation

 

 

(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,558

 

$

 —

 

$

1,558

Trade accounts and notes receivable

 

 

37,691

 

 

(63)

 

 

37,628

Inventories

 

 

16,504

 

 

 —

 

 

16,504

Other current assets

 

 

657

 

 

14

 

 

671

Property and equipment

 

 

8,357

 

 

 —

 

 

8,357

Tradenames

 

 

9,490

 

 

 —

 

 

9,490

Customer relationships

 

 

64,660

 

 

 —

 

 

64,660

Goodwill

 

 

37,728

 

 

(144)

 

 

37,584

Deferred tax liability

 

 

(6,011)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,011)

Liabilities assumed

 

 

(16,958)

 

 

560

 

 

(16,398)

Purchase price

 

$

153,676

 

$

367

 

$

154,043

 

During the year ended April 30, 2018, the Company recorded adjustments to working capital for fiscal 2017 acquisitions that resulted in an increase in total consideration paid of $0.4 million. Goodwill recognized is attributable to synergies achieved through the streamlining of operations combined with improved margins attainable through increased market presence and is all attributable to our one operating reportable segment. Goodwill of $25.4 million and other intangible assets of $53.6 million related to these acquisitions are deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Goodwill of $12.2 million and other intangibles of $20.6 million are nondeductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

69

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

4. Property and Equipment

The Company’s property and equipment consisted of the following as of April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

(in thousands)

Land

 

$

52,031

 

$

50,795

Buildings and leasehold improvements

 

 

99,300

 

 

87,837

Machinery and equipment

 

 

252,504

 

 

108,444

Construction in progress

 

 

2,097

 

 

2,267

Total property and equipment

 

 

405,932

 

 

249,343

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

123,583

 

 

85,761

Total property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

 

$

282,349

 

$

163,582

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment, which includes amortization of property under capital leases, was $46.5 million, $24.1 million and $25.6 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 respectively.

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Carrying

 

 

Amount

 

 

(in thousands)

Balance as of April 30, 2017

 

$

423,644

Goodwill acquired

 

 

4,145

Purchase price adjustments

 

 

(144)

Balance as of April 30, 2018

 

 

427,645

Goodwill acquired

 

 

196,267

Purchase price adjustments from prior periods

 

 

 8

Translation adjustment

 

 

(6,593)

Balance as of April 30, 2019

 

$

617,327

 

All goodwill relates to our geographic divisions reportable segment.

 

The annual impairment tests during the fourth quarters of fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 indicated that the fair value of the Company’s reporting units exceeded their carrying values. The Company identified  seven  reporting units for evaluating goodwill for the fiscal 2019  annual impairment test, which were Central, Midwest, Northeast, Southern, Southeast, Western and Canada. Each of these reporting units constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results. The Company evaluates its reporting units on an annual basis.

 

The Company estimated the fair values of its reporting units based on weighting of a discounted cash flow analysis, a market comparable method and a market transaction approach.  These models use significant unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs, as defined by the fair value hierarchy. The significant assumptions used in the discounted cash flow method included internal forecasts and projections developed by management for planning purposes, available industry/market data, discount rates and the growth rate to calculate the terminal value. Under the market approach and market transaction approach, the fair value was estimated using the guideline company method. The Company selected guideline companies in the industry in which each reporting unit operates.

 

70

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Intangible Assets

The following tables present the components of the Company’s definite-lived intangible assets as of April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

Weighted

 

April 30, 2019

 

 

Useful

 

Average

 

Gross

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Lives

 

Amortization

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

    

(years)

    

Period

    

Amount

    

Amortization

    

Value

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

Customer relationships

 

5 - 16

 

12.8

 

$

520,703

 

$

214,044

 

$

306,659

Definite-lived tradenames

 

5 - 20

 

16.3

 

 

56,018

 

 

6,993

 

 

49,025

Vendor agreements

 

8 - 10

 

8.3

 

 

6,644

 

 

3,761

 

 

2,883

Developed technology

 

5

 

4.9

 

 

5,209

 

 

971

 

 

4,238

Leasehold interests

 

1 - 15

 

7.6

 

 

3,707

 

 

1,502

 

 

2,205

Other

 

3 - 5

 

3.4

 

 

4,118

 

 

1,182

 

 

2,936

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

$

596,399

 

$

228,453

 

$

367,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

Weighted

 

April 30, 2018

 

 

Useful

 

Average

 

Gross

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Lives

     

Amortization

     

Carrying

     

Accumulated

     

Carrying

 

    

(years)

    

Period

    

Amount

    

Amortization

    

Value

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

Customer relationships

 

5 - 13

 

10.9

 

$

282,547

 

$

150,081

 

$

132,466

Definite-lived tradenames

 

5 - 20

 

18.0

 

 

26,250

 

 

3,578

 

 

22,672

Vendor agreement

 

8 - 10

 

8.3

 

 

6,644

 

 

2,956

 

 

3,688

Leasehold interests

 

7 - 15

 

9.0

 

 

2,866

 

 

832

 

 

2,034

Other

 

5

 

5.0

 

 

521

 

 

66

 

 

455

Totals

 

 

 

 

 

$

318,828

 

$

157,513

 

$

161,315

 

Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company amortizes its customer relationships using an accelerated method to match the estimated cash flow generated by such assets, and amortizes its other definite-lived intangibles using the straight-line method because a pattern to which the expected benefits will be consumed or otherwise used up could not be reliably determined.  Amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets was $71.0 million, $41.5 million and $43.7 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and is recorded in depreciation and amortization expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

 

Based on the current amount of definite-lived intangible assets, the Company expects to record amortization expense of $65.3 million, $55.2 million, $46.1 million, $38.4 million, $31.3 million and $131.6 million during the years ending April 30, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024 and thereafter, respectively. Actual amortization expense to be reported in future periods could differ materially from these estimates as a result of acquisitions, changes in useful lives and other relevant factors.

 

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, consist of tradenames that had a carrying amount of $61.4 million as of April 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

71

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

6. Other Accrued Expenses and Current Liabilities

The Company’s other accrued expenses and current liabilities consisted of the following as of April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

(in thousands)

Insurance related liabilities

 

$

14,110

 

$

11,432

Contingent consideration

 

 

13,073

 

 

1,917

Sales taxes payable

 

 

10,448

 

 

9,864

Income taxes payable

 

 

14,063

 

 

 —

Customer rebates payable

 

 

7,944

 

 

3,640

Reserve for sales returns

 

 

4,701

 

 

 —

Real estate and personal property taxes

 

 

2,010

 

 

1,823

Derivative liability

 

 

 —

 

 

5,108

Other

 

 

13,499

 

 

11,362

Total other accrued expenses and current liabilities

 

$

79,848

 

$

45,146

 

 

7. Long‑Term Debt

The Company’s long‑term debt consisted of the following as of April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

(in thousands)

First Lien Facility (1) (2)

 

$

972,650

 

$

563,179

ABL Facility

 

 

43,972

 

 

 —

Capital lease obligations

 

 

109,286

 

 

18,564

Installment notes at fixed rates up to 5.0%, due in monthly and annual installments through 2024 (3)

 

 

15,287

 

 

14,143

Carrying value of debt

 

 

1,141,195

 

 

595,886

Less current portion

 

 

42,118

 

 

16,284

Long-term debt

 

$

1,099,077

 

$

579,602


(1)

Net of unamortized discount of $2,149 and $2,536 as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

(2)

Net of deferred financing costs of $12,072 and $6,125 as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

(3)

Net of unamortized discount of $1,200 and $1,534 as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

 

 

First Lien Facility

The Company’s wholly‑owned subsidiaries, GYP Holdings II Corp., as parent guarantor (in such capacity, “Holdings”), and GYP Holdings III Corp., as borrower (in such capacity, the “Borrower” and, together with Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined below), the “Loan Parties”), entered into a senior secured first lien term loan facility (the “First Lien Facility”) in the aggregate amount of $550.0 million. The First Lien Facility permits the Borrower to add one or more incremental term loans up to a fixed amount of $100.0 million plus a certain amount depending on a secured first lien leverage ratio test included in the First Lien Facility. As of April 30, 2019, the First Lien Facility amortized in nominal quarterly installments of $2.5 million, or 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the First Lien Facility and had a maturity date of June 1, 2025. Provided that the individual affected lenders agree accordingly, the maturities of the First Lien Facility may, upon the Borrower’s request and without the consent of any other lender, be extended. GYP Holdings II Corp., the sole entity between borrower and financial reporting entity, is a

72

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

holding company with no other operations, assets, liabilities or cash flows other than through its ownership of GYP Holdings III Corp. (borrower) and its operating subsidiaries.

On September 27, 2016, the Company entered into an Incremental First Lien Term Commitments Amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the First Lien Credit Agreement. The First Amendment amended the First Lien Credit Agreement to, among other things, provide for a new first lien term loan facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $481.2 million with an interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR, with a 1.00% floor, plus 3.50%, representing a twenty five basis point improvement compared to the interest rate of the existing First Lien Term Loan immediately prior to giving effect to the First Amendment. Net proceeds from the new First Lien Term Loan were used to repay the Company’s existing First Lien Term Loan of $381.2 million and a portion of the loans under the ABL Facility as well as to pay related expenses. The Company recorded a write-off of debt discount and deferred financing fees of $1.5 million, which is included in write-off of discount and deferred financing fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the year ended April 30, 2017.

On June 7, 2017, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Second Amendment”), among the Borrower, Holdings, the other Loan Parties party thereto, Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and as 2017 incremental first lien lender, which amended the First Lien Credit Agreement (as amended by the First Amendment and as supplemented from time to time). The Second Amendment provided for a new first lien term loan facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $577.6 million due on April 1, 2023 with interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR, with a 1.00% floor, plus 3.00%, representing a fifty basis point improvement compared to the interest rate of the existing First Lien Facility immediately prior to giving effect to the Second Amendment. Net proceeds were used to repay the existing First Lien Loan outstanding balance of $477.6 million and approximately $94.0 million of loans under its asset based revolving credit facility as well as to pay related expenses. The Company recorded a write off of debt discount and deferred financing fees of $0.1 million, which is included in write-off of discount and deferred financing fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the year ended April 30, 2018.

On June 1, 2018, the Company entered into the Third Amendment that provided for a new first lien term loan facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $996.8 million due in June 2025 that bears interest at a floating rate based on LIBOR plus 2.75%, with a 0% floor. The net proceeds from the new first lien term loan facility were used to repay the Company’s existing First Lien Loan outstanding balance of approximately $571.8 million and to finance the acquisition of Titan .   As of April 30, 2019, the applicable rate of interest was 5.23%.

Second Lien Facility

On June 1, 2016, the Company used its initial public offering (“IPO”) proceeds together with cash on hand to repay the $160.0 million principal amount of its term loan debt outstanding under its senior secured second lien term loan facility (the “Second Lien Facility”), which was a payment in full of the entire loan balance due under the Second Lien Facility. The Company recorded a write-off of debt discount and deferred financing fees of $5.4 million, which is included in write-off of discount and deferred financing fees in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the year ended April 30, 2017.

Asset Based Lending Facility

The Company has an Asset Based Lending Credit Facility (the “ABL Facility”) that provides for aggregate revolving commitments of $345.0 million (including same day swing line borrowings of $34.5 million). GYP Holdings III Corp. is the lead borrower (in such capacity, the “Lead Borrower”). Extensions of credit under the ABL Facility are limited by a borrowing base calculated periodically based on specified percentages of the value of eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments.

At the Company’s option, the interest rates applicable to the loans under the ABL Facility are based at LIBOR or base rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The margins applicable for each elected interest rate are subject to a pricing grid, as defined in the ABL Facility agreement, based on average daily availability for the most recent fiscal quarter. As of April 30, 2019, the applicable rate of interest was 5.75%.  The ABL Facility also contains an unused

73

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

commitment fee subject to utilization, as included in the ABL Facility agreement.

During the year ended April 30, 2019, the Company made net borrowings under the ABL facility of $44.0 million.  As of April 30, 2019, the Company had available borrowing capacity of $291.4 million under the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility will mature on November 18, 2021 unless the individual affected lenders agree to extend the maturity of their respective loans under the ABL Facility upon the Company’s request and without the consent of any other lender. The ABL Facility contains a cross default provision with the First Lien Facility.

Terms of the ABL Facility and Term Loan Facilities

Collateral

The ABL Facility is collateralized by (a) first priority perfected liens on the following assets of the Loan Parties: (i) accounts receivable; (ii) inventory; (iii) deposit accounts; (iv) cash and cash equivalents; (v) tax refunds and tax payments; (vi) chattel paper; and (vii) documents, instruments, general intangibles, securities accounts, books and records, proceeds and supporting obligations related to each of the foregoing, subject to certain exceptions (collectively, “ABL Priority Collateral”) and (b) second priority perfected liens on the remaining assets of the Loan Parties not constituting ABL Priority Collateral, subject to customary exceptions (collectively, “Term Priority Collateral”).

The First Lien Facility is collateralized by (a) first priority liens on the Term Priority Collateral and (b) second priority liens on the ABL Priority Collateral, subject to customary exceptions.

Prepayments

The First Lien Facility may be prepaid at any time. Under certain circumstances and subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan Facilities will be subject to mandatory prepayments in the amount equal to:

·

100% of the net proceeds of certain asset sales and issuances or incurrences of nonpermitted indebtedness; and

·

50% of annual excess cash flow for any fiscal year, such percentage to decrease to 25% or 0% depending on the attainment of certain total leverage ratio targets.

As of April 30, 2019, there was no prepayment required related to excess cash flow.

The ABL Facility may be prepaid at the Company’s option at any time without premium or penalty and will be subject to mandatory prepayment if the outstanding ABL Facility exceeds the lesser of the (i) borrowing base and (ii) the aggregate amount of commitments. Mandatory prepayments do not result in a permanent reduction of the lenders’ commitments under the ABL Facility.

Guarantees

Holdings guarantees the payment obligations under the ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility. Certain of Holdings’ subsidiaries (i) guarantee the payment obligations under the Term Loan Facilities (in such capacity, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and (ii) are co‑borrowers under the ABL Facility.

Covenants

The ABL Facility contains certain affirmative covenants, including financial and other reporting requirements. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants as of April 30, 2019.

The First Lien Facility contains a number of covenants that limit the Company’s ability and the ability of the Company’s restricted subsidiaries, as described in the First Lien Credit Agreement, to: incur more indebtedness; pay

74

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

dividends, redeem or repurchase stock or make other distributions; make investments; create restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to us or make other intercompany transfers; create liens securing indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; merge or consolidate; enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and prepay or amend the terms of certain indebtedness. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of April 30, 2019.

Events of Default

The ABL Facility and First Lien Facility also provide for customary events of default, including non‑payment of principal, interest or fees, violation of covenants, material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, specified cross default to other material indebtedness, certain bankruptcy events, certain ERISA events, material invalidity of guarantees or security interest, material judgments and changes of control.

Titan Revolving Credit Facility

In connection with the acquisition of Titan on June 1, 2018, the Company assumed Titan’s revolving credit facility (the “Titan Facility”) that provides for aggregate revolving commitments of  $22.3 million  ($30.0 million Canadian dollars), as amended.  The Titan Facility bears interest at the Canadian prime rate plus a marginal rate based on the level determined by Titan’s total debt to EBITDA ratio at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter or year. As of April 30, 2019, no amounts were outstanding under the Titan Facility and the Company had available borrowing capacity of approximately $22.3 million under the Titan Facility. The Titan Facility matures on June 28, 2022.

Installment Notes

The Company’s installment notes of $15.3 million and $14.1 million as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, include notes for subsidiary stock repurchases from stockholders, notes for the payout of stock appreciation rights and a note to the seller of an acquired company. See Note 12, “Stock Appreciation Rights, Deferred Compensation and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests.”

Debt Maturities

As of April 30, 2019, the maturities of long‑term debt were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Lien

 

 

ABL

 

Capital

 

Installment

 

 

 

 

    

Facility(1)

    

 

Facility

    

Leases

    

Notes(2)

    

Total

Years ending April 30, 

 

(in thousands)

2020

 

$

9,968

 

$

 —

 

$

27,906

 

$

4,363

 

$

42,237

2021

 

 

9,968

 

 

 —

 

 

26,764

 

 

4,053

 

 

40,785

2022

 

 

9,968

 

 

43,972

 

 

23,344

 

 

3,617

 

 

80,901

2023

 

 

9,968

 

 

 —

 

 

17,708

 

 

3,584

 

 

31,260

2024

 

 

9,968

 

 

 —

 

 

10,934

 

 

870

 

 

21,772

Thereafter

 

 

937,031

 

 

 —

 

 

2,630

 

 

 —

 

 

939,661

 

 

$

986,871

 

$

43,972

 

$

109,286

 

$

16,487

 

$

1,156,616

 

(1) Gross of unamortized discount of $2,149 and deferred financing costs of $12,072 as of April 30, 2019.

(2) Gross of unamortized discount of $1,200 as of April 30, 2019.

 

8. Retirement Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) defined contribution retirement plan for its employees. Participants are allowed to choose from a selection of mutual funds in order to designate how both employer and employee contributions are invested. Under the plan, the Company matches 50% of each employee’s contributions on the first 4% of the employee’s compensation contributed. The Company contributed $4.7 million, $4.3 million and $3.7 million, during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

75

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

9. Income Taxes

The following table presents the components of income before taxes for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

United States

 

$

62,878

 

$

83,854

 

$

71,540

Foreign

 

 

7,163

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Income before taxes

 

$

70,041

 

$

83,854

 

$

71,540

 

The following table presents the components of i ncome tax expense for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

11,858

 

$

30,827

 

$

37,164

Foreign

 

 

13,739

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

State

 

 

5,929

 

 

6,409

 

 

5,875

Total current

 

 

31,526

 

 

37,236

 

 

43,039

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

453

 

 

(14,796)

 

 

(19,011)

Foreign

 

 

(16,931)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

State

 

 

(1,009)

 

 

(1,557)

 

 

(1,374)

Total deferred

 

 

(17,487)

 

 

(16,353)

 

 

(20,385)

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

14,039

 

$

20,883

 

$

22,654

 

The following table summarizes the significant differences between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for financial statement for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year Ended April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Federal income taxes at statutory rate

 

$

14,715

 

$

25,492

 

$

25,039

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

 

2,440

 

 

1,900

 

 

2,236

Impact of foreign rate differences

 

 

418

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net change in valuation allowance

 

 

664

 

 

151

 

 

214

Nondeductible meals & entertainment

 

 

635

 

 

822

 

 

761

338(h)(10) election

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,936)

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,053

Nondeductible transaction costs

 

 

529

 

 

 2

 

 

109

Net deferred benefit due to Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,763)

 

 

 —

Intercompany interest expense

 

 

(5,255)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Other

 

 

(107)

 

 

(721)

 

 

178

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

14,039

 

$

20,883

 

$

22,654

 

76

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences, which give rise to deferred income taxes as of April 30, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

Deferred income tax assets:

 

(in thousands)

Allowances on accounts and notes receivable

 

$

2,306

 

$

3,540

Accrued payroll and related costs

 

 

1,577

 

 

1,138

Insurance reserves

 

 

1,746

 

 

1,734

Inventory costs

 

 

2,066

 

 

2,013

Deferred compensation

 

 

6,854

 

 

6,662

Equity compensation

 

 

2,944

 

 

2,361

Derivative instrument

 

 

1,358

 

 

561

Acquisition related costs

 

 

1,779

 

 

1,955

Net operating loss carry-forwards

 

 

1,745

 

 

1,965

Disallowed interest expense

 

 

2,507

 

 

 —

Investment in partnerships

 

 

4,676

 

 

 —

Deferred rent

 

 

604

 

 

488

Noncompete agreements

 

 

133

 

 

681

Other deferred tax assets, net

 

 

1,394

 

 

946

Total deferred income tax assets

 

 

31,689

 

 

24,044

Less: Valuation allowance

 

 

(1,112)

 

 

(448)

Total deferred income tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

30,577

 

 

23,596

Deferred income tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

(22,950)

 

 

(28,641)

Rebates

 

 

(72)

 

 

(253)

Depreciation

 

 

(10,495)

 

 

(3,596)

Deferred financing costs

 

 

(2,075)

 

 

(1,848)

Other deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

(535)

 

 

 —

Total deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

(36,127)

 

 

(34,338)

Deferred income tax liabilities, net

 

$

(5,550)

 

$

(10,742)

 

Tax Cuts and Job Act. On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Act includes a number of provisions, including the lowering of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. In connection with the Tax Act, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to provide guidance to companies that have not completed their accounting for the income tax effects of the Tax Act. Under SAB 118, provisional amounts can be recorded to the extent a reasonable estimate can be made. Additional tax effects and adjustments to previously recorded provisional amounts can be recorded upon obtaining, preparing, or analyzing additional information (including computations) within one year from the enactment date of the Tax Act.

 

As of April 30, 2018, the Company was still assessing the overall impact of the Tax Act on its financial statements and had not completed its accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. The Company reported provisional amounts reflecting reasonable estimates for the re-measurement of net deferred tax liabilities as of April 30, 2018 due to the reduction in the corporate rate. The Company recorded a provisional income tax benefit of $6.7 million for this re-measurement for the year ended April 30, 2018, which is included in provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. This represented a $1.1 million decrease from the provisional amount recorded during the nine months ended January 31, 2018.

During the year ended April 30, 2019, the Company completed its analysis to determine the effects of the Tax Act. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.1 million income tax benefit during the year ended April 30, 2019 related to tax adjustments made in accordance with SAB 118 with respect to the adjustment of its original provisional estimate of the impact of the Tax Act.

 

77

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Due to the acquisition of Titan, the Company is now subject to provisions of the Tax Act related to current tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. The FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740 No. 5, Accounting for Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income, states that an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to recognize the tax on GILTI as a period expense in the period the tax is incurred.

 

As of April 30, 2019, the Company no longer intends to permanently reinvest its accumulated earnings in its non-U.S. subsidiaries and will continue to periodically distribute the earnings on an as needed basis. The Company distributed all of its earnings in the current year. To the extent there is unremitted earnings in future years, the Company does not anticipate significant tax consequences as there is sufficient paid up capital in Canada to return the cash free of withholding taxes.

 

Effective tax rate. Income taxes for financial reporting purposes differ from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal rate primarily due to the effect of state income taxes, net of federal benefit, permanent differences, and other tax effects associated with the acquisition of Titan .  

 

NOLs . During recent tax years, the Company generated certain state net operating loss carry‑forwards which are available for use against taxable income in each respective state. The Company had gross federal and state net operating losses available for carry‑forward of $2.3 million and $23.1 million as of April 30, 2019, respectively, and $4.0 million and $20.4 million as of April 30, 2018, respectively, which expire through the fiscal year ending in 2039.

Valuation allowance. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed by applying the federal and state income tax rates in effect to the gross amounts of temporary differences and other tax attributes, such as net operating loss carry‑forwards. In assessing if the deferred tax assets will be realized, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some or all of these deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the period in which these deductible temporary differences reverse. As of April 30, 2019, except as noted in the following paragraph, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that all of its deferred tax assets relating to separate company state return filings will be realized. The tax credits, carryforwards and net operating losses expire from 2020 to 2039.

Management makes an assessment to determine if its deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized. Valuation allowances are established in the event that management believes that it is more likely than not the related tax benefits will not be realized. The valuation allowance as of April 30, 2019 and 2018 was $1.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and primarily relates to state net operating loss carry forwards.

Uncertain tax positions.   The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. The Company’s policy for recording penalties and interest associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items as a component of selling, general and administrative expense. The Company had no reserve for uncertain tax positions as of April 30, 2019 and 2018.

As of April 30, 2019, the tax years ended April 30, 2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 remain subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. In states in which the Company conducts business, the statute of limitation periods for examination generally vary from three to four years. Net operating losses dating back to 2008 are still being carried forward and remain subject to examination by the taxing authorities. The Company regularly assesses the potential outcomes of future examinations to ensure the Company’s provision for income taxes is sufficient. The Company recognizes liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due and believes that no liability for uncertain tax position is necessary as of April 30, 2019 and 2018.

78

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

10. Stockholders’ Equity

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On June 1, 2016, the Company completed an IPO of 8.1 million shares of common stock at a price of $21.00 per share, including 1.1 million shares of common stock that were issued as a result of the exercise in full by the underwriters of an option to purchase additional shares to cover over‑allotments. After underwriting discounts and commissions, but before expenses, the Company received net proceeds from the IPO of approximately $156.9 million. The Company used these proceeds together with cash on hand to repay $160.0 million principal amount of its term loan debt outstanding under its senior secured second lien term loan facility, which was a payment in full of the entire loan balance due under the senior secured second lien term loan facility.

Exchangeable Shares

 

In connection with the acquisition of Titan on June 1, 2018, the Company issued 1.1 million Exchangeable Shares. The Exchangeable Shares were issued by an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Exchangeable Shares ranked senior to the Company’s common stock with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, dissolution and winding-up. The holders of the Exchangeable Shares were entitled to receive dividends or distributions that are equal to any dividends or distributions on the Company’s common stock. The holders of the Exchangeable Shares did not have voting rights.

 

The Exchangeable Shares contained rights that allow the holders to exchange their Exchangeable Shares for GMS common stock at any time on a one-for-one basis. If converted, the holders were prevented from transferring such GMS common stock for one year from the Titan acquisition date. The Exchangeable Shares also contained rights that allow the Company, through its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, to convert the Exchangeable Shares into GMS common stock on or after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of the Exchangeable Shares or upon certain events, as defined in the agreement.

 

On May 7, 2019, the Company filed a registration statement with the SEC registering the resale of the shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares. Such registration statement was declared effective on May 24, 2019 and, as a result, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares may freely sell, subject to compliance with the Company’s insider trading policy, the shares of the Company’s common stock they receive upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares. On June 13, 2019, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares exchanged all of the Exchangeable Shares for 1.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock. Following such exchange, the Exchangeable Shares ceased to be outstanding.

 

Share Repurchase Program

 

On November 30, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $75.0 million outstanding common stock. The Company may conduct repurchases under the share repurchase program through open market transactions, under trading plans in accordance with SEC Rule 10b5-1 and/or in privately negotiated transactions, in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, subject to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, our liquidity, credit availability, general business and market conditions, our debt covenant restrictions and the availability of alternative investment opportunities.   The share repurchase program does not obligate us to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be suspended or terminated at any time at the Company’s discretion.

 

The Company repurchased 1.0 million shares of its common stock for $16.5 million during the year ended April 30, 2019 pursuant to its share repurchase program. The repurchased common stock was retired. As of April 30, 2019,  the Company had $58.5 million remaining under  its repurchase program

 

79

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

The following table sets forth the changes to accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax, by component for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Accumulated

 

 

Other

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

(in thousands)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of April 30, 2016

 

$

(1,148)

Other comprehensive loss on derivative instruments before reclassification

 

 

(118)

Reclassification to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

382

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of April 30, 2017

 

 

(884)

Other comprehensive income on derivative instruments before reclassification

 

 

309

Reclassification to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

1,016

Accumulated other comprehensive income as of April 30, 2018

 

 

441

Foreign currency translation loss

 

 

(22,320)

Other comprehensive loss on derivative instruments before reclassification

 

 

(5,423)

Reclassification to earnings from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

728

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of April 30, 2019

 

$

(26,574)

 

Other comprehensive loss on derivative instruments before reclassification for the year ended April 30, 2019 is net of $1.4 million of tax.

 

 

11. Equity‑Based Compensation

General

The Company has granted options and restricted stock units to employees and non-employee directors to purchase the Company’s common stock under various stock incentive plans. The plans administered by a committee of the Board of Directors, which determines the terms of the awards granted. The committee may grant various forms of equity-based incentive compensation, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance awards, among others. Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the closing market value of GMS common stock on the date of grant, have a term of ten years, and vest over terms of three to four years from the date of grant. Restricted stock units are granted with various vesting terms that range from one to three years from the date of grant. The Company’s current stock incentive plan provides for the issuance of a maximum of 2.5 million shares, of which approximately 1.8 million shares were still available for grant as of  April 30, 2019 .   The Company intends to use authorized and unissued shares to satisfy share award exercises.

 

Share-based compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock units was $3.6 million, $1.7 million and $2.4 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

 

80

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Stock Option Awards

 

The following table presents stock option activity as of and for the year ended April 30, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Weighted

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Remaining

 

Aggregate

 

 

Number of

 

Exercise

 

Contractual

 

Intrinsic

 

 

Options

 

Price

 

Life (years)

 

Value

 

 

(shares and dollars in thousands)

Outstanding as of April 30, 2018

 

1,952

 

$

14.37

 

6.52

 

$

33,209

Options granted

 

374

 

 

25.58

 

  

 

 

  

Options exercised

 

(205)

 

 

12.36

 

  

 

 

  

Options forfeited

 

(41)

 

 

27.00

 

  

 

 

  

Options expired

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

  

 

 

 

Outstanding as of April 30, 2019

 

2,080

 

$

16.34

 

6.15

 

$

7,615

Exercisable as of April 30, 2019

 

1,644

 

$

13.66

 

5.41

 

$

7,615

Vested and expected to vest as of April 30, 2019

 

2,073

 

$

16.30

 

6.14

 

$

7,615

 

The aggregate intrinsic value represents the value of the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the period in excess of the weighted average exercise price multiplied by the number of options outstanding, exercisable or expected to vest. Options expected to vest are unvested shares net of expected forfeitures.   The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $1.6 million, $4.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively. As of  April 30, 2019 , there was $2.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years.

 

The fair value of stock options granted during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30,

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

Volatility

 

33.71

%

 

30.86

%

 

40.68

%

Expected life (years)

 

6.0

 

 

6.0

 

 

6.0

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.87

%

 

2.18

%

 

1.55

%

Dividend yield

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

 

 —

%

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $9.72 per share, $12.81 per share and $9.68 per share, respectively. The expected volatility was based on historical volatility. The expected life of stock options was based on previous history of exercises. The risk‑free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the stock option. The expected dividend yield was 0% as we have not declared any common stock dividends to date and do not expect to declare common stock dividends in the near future. The fair value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant was determined based on the value of the Company’s closing stock price on the trading day immediately preceding the date of the grant.

 

81

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

The following table presents restricted stock unit activity for the year ended April 30, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted

 

 

Number of

 

Average

 

 

Restricted

 

Exercise

 

 

Stock Units

 

Price

 

 

(shares in thousands)

Outstanding as of April 30, 2018

 

22

 

$

37.49

Granted

 

193

 

 

24.66

Vested

 

(7)

 

 

37.49

Forfeited

 

(15)

 

 

26.41

Outstanding as of April 30, 2019

 

193

 

$

25.48

 

As of April 30, 2019, there was $3.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock units. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years .

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

During the year ended April 30, 2018, the Company established an employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”), the terms of which allow for qualified employees (as defined) to participate in the purchase of shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to 90% of the lower of the closing price at the beginning or end of the last day of the purchase period, which is a six-month period ending on December 31 and June 30 of each year. The ESPP authorizes the issuance of a total 2.0 million shares, of which approximately 1.9 million shares were still available for issuance as of  April 30, 2019 . During the year ended April 30, 2019, 0.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock were purchased under the ESPP at an average price of $18.51 per share. The Company recognized $0.3 million and $0.1 million of stock-based compensation expense in during the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to the ESPP.

 

12. Stock Appreciation Rights, Deferred Compensation and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

The following table presents a summary of changes to the liabilities for stock appreciation rights, deferred compensation and redeemable noncontrolling interests for the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

 

 

 

Redeemable

 

 

Appreciation

 

Deferred

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Rights

 

Compensation

 

Interests

 

 

(in thousands)

Balance as of April 30, 2017

 

$

20,662

 

$

3,750

    

$

24,309

Redemption notes

 

 

(1,036)

 

 

(1,733)

 

 

(9,664)

Change in fair value

 

 

2,318

 

 

205

 

 

1,525

Balance as of April 30, 2018

 

 

21,944

 

 

2,222

 

 

16,170

Amounts redeemed

 

 

(1,216)

 

 

(715)

 

 

(4,673)

Change in fair value

 

 

2,730

 

 

188

 

 

1,001

Balance as of April 30, 2019

 

$

23,458

 

$

1,695

 

$

12,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classified as current as of April 30, 2018

 

$

308

 

$

133

 

$

463

Classified as long-term as of April 30, 2018

 

 

21,636

 

 

2,089

 

 

15,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classified as current as of April 30, 2019

 

$

1,355

 

$

108

 

$

1,569

Classified as long-term as of April 30, 2019

 

 

22,103

 

 

1,587

 

 

10,929

 

82

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Total expense related to these instruments was $3.9 million, $4.0 million and $3.7 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and was included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Certain subsidiaries have granted stock appreciation rights to certain employees under which payments are dependent on the appreciation in the book value per share, adjusted for certain provisions, of the applicable subsidiary. Settlements of the awards can be made in a combination of cash or installment notes, generally paid over four years, upon a triggering event. As of April 30, 2019, all stock appreciation rights were vested.

Deferred Compensation

Subsidiaries’ stockholders have entered into other deferred compensation agreements that granted the stockholders a payment based on a percentage in excess of book value, adjusted for certain provisions, upon an occurrence as defined in the related agreements, which are called “Buy Sell” agreements. These instruments are redeemed in cash or installment notes, generally paid in annual installments generally over the five years following termination of employment.

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests were issued to certain employees of the subsidiaries. All of the noncontrolling interest awards are subject to mandatory redemption on termination of employment for any reason. These instruments are redeemed in cash or installment notes, generally paid in annual installments over the five years following termination of employment. Liabilities related to these agreements are classified as share-based liability awards and are measured at intrinsic value. Intrinsic value is determined to be the stated redemption value of the shares. Under the terms of the employee agreements, the redemption value is determined based on the book value of the subsidiary, as adjusted for certain items.

Upon the termination of employment or other triggering events including death or disability of the noncontrolling stockholders in the Company’s subsidiaries, we are obligated to purchase, or redeem, the noncontrolling interests at either an agreed upon price or a formula value provided in the stockholder agreements. This formula value is typically based on the book value per share of the subsidiary’s equity, including certain adjustments.

 

13. Derivative Instruments

 

Interest Rate Swap

 

In February 2019, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with a notional amount of $500.0 million to  convert the variable interest rate on its First Lien Term Loan to a fixed 1-month LIBOR interest rate  of 2.46% . The contracts were effective on  February 28, 2019  and terminate on  February 28, 2023. The objective of the interest rate swap agreements is to eliminate the variability of interest payment cash flows associated with variable interest rates. The Company believes there have been no material changes in the creditworthiness of the counterparty to this interest rate swap and believes the risk of nonperformance by such party is minimal. The Company designated the interest rate swaps as a cash flow hedges. The derivative instruments are classified in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 30, 2019.

 

Interest Rate Cap

 

As of April 30, 2018, the Company had an interest rate cap agreement with the objective of minimizing the risks and costs associated with its variable rate debt. The interest rate cap expired on October 31, 2018. This agreement was an interest rate cap on quarterly resetting 3‑month LIBOR, based on a strike rate of 2.0% and payable quarterly. This instrument effectively caped the interest rate at 5.75% on an initial notional amount of $275.0 million of the Company’s variable rate debt obligation under the First Lien Facility, or any replacement facility with similar terms. The

83

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Company designated the interest rate cap agreement as a cash flow hedge. This derivative instrument was classified in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 30, 2018.

 

Foreign Currency Forward Contract

 

In April 2018, in connection with the acquisition of Titan (see Note 3, “Business Acquisitions”), the Company entered into a foreign currency forward contract to mitigate the foreign currency exchange risk associated with the purchase price that was denominated in Canadian dollars. The foreign currency forward contract effectively fixed the amount the Company paid for the purchase price denominated in Canadian dollars by contracting the Company to pay U.S. dollars and receive Canadian dollars on the notional amount. The notional amount of the foreign currency forward contract was $569.2 million as of April 30, 2018. The foreign currency forward contract was not eligible for hedge accounting. This derivative instrument was classified in other accrued expenses and current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 30, 2018.

 

During the year ended April 30, 2018, the Company recognized a $5.1 million loss on the change in fair value of a foreign currency forward contract. During the year ended April 30, 2019, the Company recognized a $5.7 million loss on the change in fair value of its foreign currency forward contract, which was settled upon the acquisition on Titan on June 1, 2018. The losses are included within change in fair value of financial instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

14. Fair Value Measurements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents the estimated carrying amount and fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

April 30, 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

(in thousands)

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate cap (Level 2)

 

$

 —

 

$

543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap (Level 2)

 

$

5,613

 

$

 —

Forward currency forward (Level 2)

 

 

 —

 

 

5,108

Stock appreciation rights (Level 3)

 

 

23,458

 

 

21,944

Deferred compensation (Level 3)

 

 

1,695

 

 

2,222

Noncontrolling interest holders (Level 3)

 

 

12,498

 

 

16,170

Contingent consideration (Level 3)

 

 

12,354

 

 

 —

 

Derivative instruments . The fair value of derivative instruments is determined using Level 2 inputs. Generally, the Company obtains the Level 2 inputs from its counterparties. Substantially all of the inputs are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instruments, which can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap and interest rate swaps were determined using widely accepted valuation techniques including a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of the derivative. This analysis reflected the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and used observable market‑based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied volatilities. The fair value of the Company’s forward currency forward contract was based on observable market inputs, such as forward rates in active markets.

 

Stock appreciation rights, deferred compensation and redeemable noncontrolling interests . The fair values of stock appreciation rights, deferred compensation and redeemable noncontrolling interests are determined using Level 3 inputs. These inputs include a volatility rate based on comparable entities, a discount rate, the expected time to redemption of the liabilities, historical values of the book equity of certain subsidiaries and market information for

84

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

comparable entities. The use of these inputs to derive the fair value of the liabilities at a point in time can result in volatility to the financial statements. See Note 12, “Stock Appreciation Rights, Deferred Compensation and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests,” for a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances.

Contingent consideration . The fair value of contingent consideration is determined using Level 3 inputs. These inputs include a discount rate and probability adjusted payments. In connection with the acquisition of Titan, the Company assumed certain contingent consideration arrangements that have an estimated fair value of $12.4 million. During the year ended April 30, 2019, the Company recorded expense of $0.8 million related to the contingent consideration, which was included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

Disclosures are required for certain assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in periods subsequent to initial recognition. Such measurements of fair value relate primarily to assets and liabilities measured at fair value in connection with business combinations and long-lived asset impairments. For more information on business combinations, see Note 3, “Business Acquisitions.” There were no material long-lived asset impairments during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 or 2017. 

15. Transactions With Related Parties

The Company leases warehouse facilities from partnerships owned by certain stockholders of GMS Inc. and its subsidiaries. As of April 30, 2019, these leases had expiration dates through fiscal 2025. Rent expense related to these leases was $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. As of April 30, 2019, future minimum payments under the terms of the leases aggregated to $2.0 million.

The Company purchases inventories from Southern Wall Products, Inc. (“SWP”) on a continuing basis. Certain stockholders of the Company are stockholders of SWP. The Company purchased inventory from SWP for distribution in the amount of $13.3 million $14.0 million and $13.0 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Amounts due to SWP for purchases of inventory for distribution as of April 30, 2019 and 2018 were $1.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, and are included in accounts payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In connection with the IPO, the Company terminated its management agreement with AEA. The agreement required the Company to pay AEA an annual management fee of $2.3 million per year following the Acquisition for advisory and consulting services. The fee was payable in quarterly installments of $0.6 million in advance of the upcoming calendar quarter on the first day, and was included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company is obligated under certain capital leases covering equipment, its fleet of vehicles and one facility. The equipment leases have terms ranging from five to six years, the fleet vehicle leases have terms ranging from one to six years and the facility lease has a term of eleven years. T he carrying value of property and equipment under capital leases was $107.3 million and $17.9 million as of April 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation of $27.7 million and $10.3 million, respectively.

The Company also has certain noncancelable operating lease agreements, primarily office and warehouse facilities and equipment. The facility leases generally contain renewal options for periods ranging from one to five years. Rent expense for operating leases, which may have escalating rents over the terms of the leases, is recorded on a straight‑line basis over the minimum lease terms. Rent expense under operating leases, including amounts paid to

85

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

affiliated partnerships, approximated $53.5 million, $63.9   million and $56.2 million during the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As existing leases expire, the Company anticipates such leases will be renewed or replaced with other leases that are substantially similar in terms and rental amounts which are consistent with market rates at the time of renewal.

During the year ended April 30, 2019, the Company amended certain terms of its operating lease agreements for equipment. The amendments would have resulted in capital lease classification of the leases under lease classification criteria had the changed terms been in effect at lease inception. As such, the amended agreements were considered new agreements. The new lease agreements were classified as capital leases as of the date of the modifications based on the application of lease classification criteria. As a result, the Company recorded $73.6 million of capital lease assets and capital lease obligations in its Consolidated Balance Sheet during the year ended April 30, 2019 . In addition, the Company began financing the purchase of new equipment under capital leases.

As of April 30, 2019, the approximate amounts of the annual future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases, including amounts payable to affiliated partnerships, and future maturities of capital lease obligations are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Capital

    

Operating

Year Ended April 30, 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

40,132

 

$

41,209

2021

 

 

35,591

 

 

33,460

2022

 

 

28,767

 

 

24,747

2023

 

 

20,134

 

 

18,335

2024

 

 

11,546

 

 

13,029

Thereafter

 

 

2,677

 

 

20,870

 

 

$

138,847

 

$

151,650

Less: Interest

 

 

29,561

 

 

 

Capitalized lease obligations

 

$

109,286

 

 

 

 

Litigation, Claims and Assessment

The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and administrative actions associated with personal injuries, claims of former employees, and other events arising in the normal course of business. As discussed in Note 1, “Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” under the heading “Insurance Liabilities,” the Company records liabilities for these claims, as well as assets for amounts recoverable from the insurer, for these claims covered by insurance.

 

17. Segments

General

The Company has seven operating segments based on geographic operations that it aggregates into one reportable segment. The Company defines operating segments as components of the organization for which discrete financial information is available and operating results are evaluated on a regular basis by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in order to assess performance and allocate resources . The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer.  The Company determined it has seven operating segments based on the Company’s seven geographic divisions, which are Central, Midwest, Northeast, Southern, Southeast, Western and Canada. On June 1, 2018, the Company acquired Titan, which resulted in the addition of a new operating segment.  The Company aggregates its operating segments into a single reportable segment based on similarities between the operating segments’ economic characteristics, nature of products sold, production process, type of customer and methods of distribution.   The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant policies. In addition to the Company’s reportable segment, the Company’s consolidated results include both corporate activities and certain other activities. Corporate includes the Company’s corporate office building and support services provided to its subsidiaries. Other includes Tool Source Warehouse, Inc., which functions primarily as an internal distributor of tools.

86

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Segment Results

The CODM assesses the Company’s performance based on the periodic review of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and certain other measures for each of the operating segments. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized financial measure under GAAP. However, we believe it assists investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is helpful in highlighting trends in our operating results, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long‑term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments.

In addition, we utilize Adjusted EBITDA in certain calculations under the ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility. The ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility permit us to make certain additional adjustments in calculating Consolidated EBITDA, such as projected net cost savings, which are not reflected in the Adjusted EBITDA data presented in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

The following tables present segment results for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year Ended April 30, 2019

 

April 30, 2019

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

    

Depreciation and

 

Adjusted

 

Total

 

 

Net Sales

 

Gross Profit

 

Amortization

 

EBITDA

 

Assets

 

 

(in thousands)

Geographic divisions

 

$

3,090,314

 

$

994,981

 

$

114,558

 

$

293,190

 

$

2,125,518

Other

 

 

25,718

 

 

9,138

 

 

220

 

 

2,479

 

 

16,897

Corporate

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,681

 

 

 —

 

 

7,139

 

 

$

3,116,032

 

$

1,004,119

 

$

117,459

 

$

295,669

 

$

2,149,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year Ended April 30, 2018

 

April 30, 2018

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Depreciation and

 

Adjusted

 

Total

 

 

Net Sales

 

Gross Profit

 

Amortization

 

EBITDA

 

Assets

 

 

(in thousands)

Geographic divisions

 

$

2,487,557

 

$

809,884

 

$

64,491

 

$

196,903

 

$

1,434,371

Other

 

 

23,912

 

 

8,692

 

 

242

 

 

2,355

 

 

12,854

Corporate

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

797

 

 

 —

 

 

7,286

 

 

$

2,511,469

 

$

818,576

 

$

65,530

 

$

199,258

 

$

1,454,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year Ended April 30, 2017

 

April 30, 2017

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Depreciation and

 

Adjusted

 

Total

 

 

Net Sales

 

Gross Profit

 

Amortization

 

EBITDA

 

Assets

 

 

(in thousands)

Geographic divisions

 

$

2,298,871

 

$

750,564

 

$

68,001

 

$

186,155

 

$

1,376,655

Other

 

 

20,275

 

 

8,007

 

 

310

 

 

2,074

 

 

11,916

Corporate

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

929

 

 

 —

 

 

4,694

 

 

$

2,319,146

 

$

758,571

 

$

69,240

 

$

188,229

 

$

1,393,265

 

87

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 

 

 

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Net income

 

$

56,002

 

$

62,971

 

$

48,886

Interest expense

 

 

73,677

 

 

31,395

 

 

29,360

Write-off of debt discount and deferred financing fees

 

 

 —

 

 

74

 

 

7,103

Interest income

 

 

(66)

 

 

(177)

 

 

(152)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

14,039

 

 

20,883

 

 

22,654

Depreciation expense

 

 

46,456

 

 

24,075

 

 

25,565

Amortization expense

 

 

71,003

 

 

41,455

 

 

43,675

Stock appreciation expense(a)

 

 

2,730

 

 

2,318

 

 

148

Redeemable noncontrolling interests(b)

 

 

1,188

 

 

1,868

 

 

3,536

Equity-based compensation(c)

 

 

3,906

 

 

1,695

 

 

2,534

Severance and other permitted costs(d)

 

 

8,152

 

 

581

 

 

(157)

Transaction costs (acquisitions and other)(e)

 

 

7,858

 

 

3,370

 

 

2,249

Gain on sale of assets

 

 

(525)

 

 

(509)

 

 

(338)

Management fee to related party(f)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

188

Effects of fair value adjustments to inventory(g)

 

 

4,176

 

 

324

 

 

946

Change in fair value of financial instruments(h)

 

 

6,395

 

 

6,125

 

 

382

Secondary public offering costs(i)

 

 

 —

 

 

1,525

 

 

1,385

Debt transaction costs(j)

 

 

678

 

 

1,285

 

 

265

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

295,669

 

$

199,258

 

$

188,229


(a)

Represents non‑cash expense related to stock appreciation rights agreements.

(b)

Represents non‑cash compensation expense related to changes in the values of noncontrolling interests.

(c)

Represents non‑cash equity‑based compensation expense related to the issuance of share-based awards.

(d)

Represents severance expenses and other costs permitted in calculations under the ABL Facility and the First Lien Facility.

(e)

Represents costs related to acquisitions paid to third parties.

(f)

Represents management fees paid by us to AEA. Following our IPO, AEA no longer receives management fees from us.

(g)

Represents the non‑cash cost of sales impact of purchase accounting adjustments to increase inventory to its estimated fair value.

(h)

Represents the mark‑to‑market adjustments for derivative financial instruments.

(i)

Represents costs related to our secondary offerings paid to third-party advisors.

(j)

Represents expenses paid to third-party advisors related to debt refinancing activities.

 

 

 

88

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Revenues by Product

The following table presents Company’s net sales to external customers by main product line for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

Wallboard

 

$

1,272,068

    

$

1,109,552

    

$

1,058,400

Ceilings

 

 

451,695

 

 

387,360

 

 

341,007

Steel framing

 

 

506,805

 

 

411,630

 

 

374,151

Other products

 

 

885,464

 

 

602,927

 

 

545,588

Total net sales

 

$

3,116,032

 

$

2,511,469

 

$

2,319,146

 

Geographic Information

 

The following table presents the Company’s net sales by major geographic area for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30,

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

2017

 

 

(in thousands)

United States

 

$

2,701,678

    

$

2,511,469

    

$

2,319,146

Canada

 

 

414,354

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Total net sales

 

$

3,116,032

 

$

2,511,469

 

$

2,319,146

 

The following table presents the Company’s long-lived assets  by major geographic area  as of April 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 30, 

 

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

(in thousands)

United States

 

$

868,498

 

$

813,909

Canada

 

 

460,491

 

 

 —

Total long-lived assets

 

$

1,328,989

 

$

813,909

 

 

 

  

89

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

18. Earnings Per Common Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 

 

 

2019

    

2018

    

2017

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

Net income

 

$

56,002

 

$

62,971

 

$

48,886

Less: Net income allocated to participating securities

 

 

1,382

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

54,620

    

$

62,971

 

$

48,886

Basic earnings per common share:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

40,914

 

 

41,015

 

 

40,260

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

1.33

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.21

Diluted earnings per common share:

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

40,914

 

 

41,015

 

 

40,260

Add: Common Stock Equivalents

 

 

675

 

 

1,148

 

 

810

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

41,589

 

 

42,163

 

 

41,070

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

1.31

 

$

1.49

 

$

1.19

 

During the year ended April 30, 2019, approximately 0.6 million stock options and restricted stock units were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. Anti-dilutive securities could be dilutive in future periods.

 

 

 

 

19. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Allowances for Accounts Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balance

    

 

 

    

Charged to

    

 

 

    

Balance

 

 

at Beginning

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

at End of

 

 

of Period

 

Provision

 

Accounts(a)

 

Deductions

 

Period

 

 

(in thousands)

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019

 

$

(9,633)

 

$

(1,064)

 

$

2,435

 

$

1,830

 

$

(6,432)

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2018

 

 

(9,851)

 

 

(366)

 

 

(596)

 

 

1,180

 

 

(9,633)

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2017

 

 

(8,607)

 

 

(1,792)

 

 

(819)

 

 

1,367

 

 

(9,851)


(a)

Charged to other accounts represents the net (increase) decrease for specifically reserved accounts, as well as the net change in reserves for sales discounts, service charges and sales returns. The adoption of the new revenue recognition guidance on May 1, 2018 resulted in a $3.6 million reclassification in the Consolidated Balance Sheet from trade accounts and notes receivable to other accrued expenses and current liabilities for estimated sales returns. This reclass is reflected in charged to other accounts for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019.

 

Valuation Allowance on Deferred Tax Assets Rollforward

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balance

    

Additions

    

 

    

Balance

 

 

at Beginning

 

Charged to Costs

 

 

 

at End of

 

 

of Period

 

and Expenses

 

Deductions

 

Period

 

 

(in thousands)

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019

 

$

(448)

 

$

(664)

 

$

 —

 

$

(1,112)

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2018

 

 

(297)

 

 

(151)

 

 

 —

 

 

(448)

Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2017

 

 

(83)

 

 

(255)

 

 

41

 

 

(297)

 

 

90

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

20. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited financial information for each quarter of the years ended April 30, 2019 and 2018. The unaudited quarterly information includes all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of the information presented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 2019

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

Net sales

 

$

778,144

 

$

833,837

 

$

723,902

 

$

780,149

Gross profit

 

 

244,816

 

 

268,150

 

 

234,226

 

 

256,927

Net income(1)

 

 

8,650

 

 

24,912

 

 

5,815

 

 

16,625

Per share data

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Weighted average shares outstanding(2):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

 

41,094

 

 

41,149

 

 

40,912

 

 

40,487

Diluted

 

 

42,074

 

 

41,918

 

 

41,371

 

 

40,976

Net income per share(2):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.59

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.40

Diluted

 

$

0.20

 

$

0.58

 

$

0.14

 

$

0.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended April 30, 2018

 

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

Net sales

 

$

642,157

 

$

648,004

 

$

585,508

 

$

653,800

Gross profit

 

 

205,104

 

 

212,260

 

 

195,420

 

 

205,792

Net income(3)

 

 

15,343

 

 

18,023

 

 

19,686

 

 

9,919

Per share data

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Weighted average shares outstanding(2):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

 

40,971

 

 

41,006

 

 

41,036

 

 

41,048

Diluted

 

 

42,128

 

 

42,146

 

 

42,228

 

 

42,151

Net income per share(2):

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Basic

 

$

0.37

 

$

0.44

 

$

0.48

 

$

0.24

Diluted

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.43

 

$

0.47

 

$

0.24


(1)

Net income for the first quarter of 2019 includes a $5.7 million loss on change in fair value of financial instruments related to the Company’s foreign currency forward contract.

 

(2)

Basic and diluted net income per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly basic and diluted net income per share amounts may not equal annual basic and diluted net income per share amounts.

 

(3)

Net income for the third quarter of 2018 includes a $7.8 million provisional income tax benefit for the re-measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities in connection with the Tax Act. Net income for the fourth quarter of 2018 includes a $5.1 million loss on change in fair value of financial instruments related to the Company’s foreign currency forward contract and a $1.1 million decrease to the provisional income tax benefit recorded during the third quarter of 2018.

 

 

91

 

Table of Contents

GMS Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

21. Subsequent Event

 

On June 3, 2019, the Company acquired the acoustical and drywall operations of J.P. Hart Lumber Company (“Hart Acoustical & Drywall Supply”). Hart Acoustical & Drywall Supply distributes drywall, metal studs, insulation and ceiling tiles through two locations in San Antonio, TX and one location in La Feria, TX.  

 

 

 

 

92

 

Table of Contents

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company has established disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission and, as such, is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management, together with our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of April 30, 2019.  

 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of disclosure controls and procedures are met.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019 based upon “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on criteria described in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” (2013) issued by COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2019. Management has excluded WSB Titan (“Titan”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019 because this company was acquired on June 1, 2018 and there was not sufficient time to assess the design and effectiveness of Titan’s key internal controls prior to the conclusion of management's evaluation. Total revenues and total assets of Titan represented approximately 13%, or $414.4 million, and 28%, or $601.3 million, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended April 30, 2019.

 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2019 has been audited by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.    

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

         There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in the Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) that occurred during the three months ended April 30, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

93

 

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

The i nformation required by this Item will be set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the sections titled “Executive Compensation,” which information is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management of our voting securities will be set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the section titled Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,  which information is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table sets forth information as of April 30, 2019 concerning the shares of our common stock which are authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

remaining available for

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

future issuance under

 

 

Number of securities to

 

Weighted-average

 

equity compensation

 

 

be issued upon exercise

 

exercise price of

 

plans (excluding

 

 

of outstanding options,

 

outstanding options,

 

securities reflected

Plan Category

    

warrants, and rights

    

warrants and rights

    

in column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

2,273,412

(1)

$

16.34

(2)

1,846,060

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

Total

 

2,273,412

 

$

16.34

 

1,846,060


(1)

Includes 2,080,207 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options and 193,205 shares of Common Stock issuable upon vesting of outstanding restricted stock units.

(2)

The weighted-average exercise price does not take into account the restricted stock units described in footnote (1) because the restricted stock units do not have an exercise price upon vesting.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions and Director Independence

The i nformation required by this Item will be set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the sections titled “Board of Directors’ Independence” and “Transactions with Related Persons,” which information is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

T he information required by this Item will be set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the section titled “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees and Services,” which information is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

94

 

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

(1)

Financial Statements

·

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

·

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2019 and 2018

·

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017

·

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017

·

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended April 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017

·

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules

The Financial Statement Schedule(s) described in Regulation S-X are omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K because they are either not required under the related instructions or the information is otherwise included in the consolidated financial statements.

(3)

Listing of Exhibits

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

Exhibit No.

    

Exhibit Description

2.1

 

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2018, by and among GMS Inc., the Sellers, the Sellers’ Agents and the Acquired Entities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to GMS Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 5, 2018 (File No.  001-37784 )).

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on May 16, 2016 (File No. 333‑205902)).

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on May 16, 2016 (File No. 333‑205902)).

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on May 16, 2016 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.1

 

Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among GYP Holdings III Corp., Gypsum Management and Supply, Inc. and each of the persons set forth on Schedule A attached thereto as sellers, dated February 11, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on October 6, 2015 (File No. 333-205902)).

10.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement, by and among the Company, certain affiliates of AEA Investors LP and certain investors identified on the signature page thereto, dated April 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.2.1

 

Amendment No. 1 to Registration Rights Agreement, by the Company and AEA GMS Holdings LP, dated July 11, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed July 12, 2016 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.2.2

 

Amendment No. 2 to Registration Rights Agreement, by and between the Company and AEA GMS Holdings LP, dated May 5, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 8, 2017 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.3

 

Stockholders’ Agreement, by and among the Company, certain affiliates of AEA Investors LP and certain investors identified on the signature page thereto, dated April 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

95

 

Table of Contents

10.4

 

ABL Credit Agreement, among GYP Holdings III Corp., the entities listed on Schedule I thereto, GYP Holdings II Corp., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the other lenders party thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, SunTrust Bank and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, dated April 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.4.1

 

First Amendment to ABL Credit Agreement, among GYP Holdings III Corp., the entities listed on Schedule 1 thereto, the entities listed on Schedule 2 thereto, GYP Holdings II Corp., the incremental revolving credit lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated February 17, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on April 7, 2016 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.4.2

 

Second Amendment to ABL Credit Agreement, among GYP Holdings III Corp., the entities listed on Schedule 1 thereto, the entities listed on Schedule 2 thereto, GYP Holdings II Corp., the incremental revolving credit lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., dated November 18, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2016 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.5

 

First Lien Credit Agreement, among GYP Holdings III Corp., the entities listed on Schedule I thereto, GYP Holdings II Corp., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the other lenders party thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, SunTrust Bank and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, dated April 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.5.1

 

Incremental First Lien Term Commitments Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement, among GYP Holdings III Corp., as borrower, GYP Holdings II Corp., the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative and collateral agent, dated September 27, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2016 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.5.2

 

Second Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2017, among GYP Holdings III Corp., GYP Holdings II Corp., the other guarantors party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and as 2017 Incremental First Lien Lender (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 9, 2017 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.5.3

 

Third Amendment to First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2018, among GYP Holdings III Corp., GYP Holdings II Corp., the other guarantors party thereto, Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as 2018 Incremental First Lien Lender (as defined therein) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 4, 2018 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.6

 

Second Lien Credit Agreement, among GYP Holdings III Corp., the entities listed on Schedule I thereto, GYP Holdings II Corp., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the other lenders party thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, UBS Securities LLC, SunTrust Bank and RBC Capital Markets, LLC, dated April 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.7

 

ABL/Term Intercreditor Agreement, among GYP Holdings III Corp., GYP Holdings II Corp., the other Grantors party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., Credit Suisse AG and each additional Representative from time to time party thereto, dated April 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.8

 

First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, among GYP Holdings III Corp., GYP Holdings II Corp., the other Grantors party thereto, Credit Suisse AG and each additional Representative from time to time party thereto, dated April 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.9†

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between G. Michael Callahan, Jr. and the Company, dated August 28, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.9.1†

 

Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between G. Michael Callahan, Jr. and the Company, dated May 12, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on May 16, 2016 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.10†

 

Separation, Transition and Release Agreement with G. Michael Callahan, Jr. dated as of April 1, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GMS Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 3, 2019 (File No. 001-37784)).

96

 

Table of Contents

10.11†

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Richard Alan Adams and the Company, dated August 31, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.12†

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Richard K. Mueller and the Company, dated June 30, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.13†

 

Employment Agreement with John C. Turner, Jr., dated as of March 29, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GMS Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 3, 2019 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.14†

 

2014 GMS Inc. Stock Option Plan, effective April 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.15†

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.16†

 

GMS Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to GMS Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed August 22, 2017 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.16.1†

 

Amendment to GMS Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GMS Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed December 4, 2018 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.17†

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the GMS Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to GMS Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 20, 2017 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.18†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the GMS Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to GMS Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 20, 2017 (File No. 001-37784)).

10.19†

 

GMS Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to GMS Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed August 22, 2017 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.20†

 

GMS Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on October 5, 2015 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.21†

 

Employment Agreement, by and between Craig Apolinsky and the Company, dated June 30, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on May 16, 2016 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.22†

 

Letter from the Company to Craig Apolinsky regarding option grant, dated May 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on May 23, 2016 (File No. 333‑205902)).

10.23†*

 

Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors.

10.24

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 filed on May 23, 2016 (File No. 333‑205902)).

21.1*

 

List of subsidiaries of GMS Inc.

23.1*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

23.2*

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page hereto).

31.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(a) or Rule 15d‑14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

31.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(a) or Rule 15d‑14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

32.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002.

101 INS*

 

XBRL Instance Document.

101 SCH*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101 CAL*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101 DEF*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101 LAB*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

101 PRE*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

97

 

Table of Contents


Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* Filed herewith.

 

 

Item 16.   Form 10-K Summary

 

Not applicable.

 

98

 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10‑K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

GMS INC.

Date: June 27, 2019

By:

/s/ G. Michael Callahan, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

G. Michael Callahan, Jr.

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints G. Michael Callahan, Jr. and Lynn Ross, jointly and severally, his attorney‑in‑fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10‑K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys‑in‑fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10‑K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

    

Title

    

Date

/s/ G. MICHAEL CALLAHAN, JR.

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

June 27, 2019

G. Michael Callahan, Jr.

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ LYNN ROSS

 

Interim Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer 

 

June 27, 2019

Lynn Ross

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ RICHARD K. MUELLER

 

Chairman of the Board

 

June 27, 2019

Richard K. Mueller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ PETER C. BROWNING

 

Director

 

June 27, 2019

Peter C. Browning

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ JOHN J. GAVIN

 

Director

 

June 27, 2019

John J. Gavin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ THERON I. GILLIAM

 

Director

 

June 27, 2019

Theron I. Gilliam

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ BRIAN R. HOESTEREY

 

Director

 

June 27, 2019

Brian R. Hoesterey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ TERI P. MCCLURE

 

Director

 

June 27, 2019

Teri P. McClure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ RONALD R. ROSS

 

Director

 

June 27, 2019

Ronald R. Ross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. LOUIS SHARPE

 

Director

 

June 27, 2019

J. Louis Sharpe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. DAVID SMITH

 

Director

 

June 27, 2019

J. David Smith

 

 

 

 

 

99

 

Exhibit 10.23

GMS INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

(ADOPTED ________________)

 

ARTICLE 1

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this Plan is to provide members of the Board of Directors of GMS Inc. who are not employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with the opportunity to defer receipt of certain compensation to which they will be entitled while the Plan is in effect. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan and shall be construed and administered accordingly.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

2.1 “Allocation Date” shall mean, with respect to a Deferral Election, the date on which all or a portion of a Director’s Deferral Amount is credited to his or her Account, which shall be the date on which such Deferral Amount (or portion thereof) would have been paid to the Director if the Director had not made a Deferral Election.

 

2.2 “Beneficiary” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 of Article 9.

 

2.3 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.4 “Deferral Account” shall mean a memorandum account established on the books of the Company on behalf of a Director, into which shall be credited amounts pursuant to Section 4.1 of Article 4.

 

2.5 “Deferral Account Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 of Article 4

 

2.6 “Change in Control” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the GMS Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.

 

2.7 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.8 “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

2.9 “Company” shall mean GMS Inc.

 

2.10 “Compensation” shall mean, with respect to a Plan Year, the annual retainer fees, committee fees, and meeting fees payable in cash to a Director in such Plan Year for services rendered in such Plan Year. For purposes of clarity, “Compensation” shall not mean,

Exhibit 10.23

with respect to any Director, stock options granted or to be granted by the Company to such Director or Common Stock received or to be received by such Director pursuant to the exercise of such options, nor shall it include grants of Common Stock (including Common Stock issuable upon settlement of RSUs) made or to be made to such Director as payment of such Director’s annual retainer fees, committee fees, and/or meeting fees.

 

2.11 “Deferral Amount” shall mean any part or all of his or her Compensation elected by a Director to be deferred in a Plan Year.

 

2.12 “Deferral Election” shall mean a Director’s timely election of a Deferral Amount pursuant to Article 3.

 

2.13 “Deferral Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of Article 3.

 

2.14 “Director” shall mean each member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

2.15 Effective Date ” means the date of the Plan’s approval by the Board.

 

2.16 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.17 “Investment Option” shall mean the investment vehicles in which a Director’s Deferral Account shall be deemed invested pursuant to Article 5. Investment Options shall be limited to those offered to participants in the Gypsum Management and Supply, Inc., 401(k) Savings Plan (the “ 401(k) Plan ”) from time to time (other than any fund of the 401(k) Plan that invests in Common Stock); provided, however, that no Director shall be permitted to invest in a brokerage account.

 

2.18 “Payment Method” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2 of Article 6.

 

2.19 “Plan” shall mean the GMS Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as such Plan may be amended from time to time.

 

2.20 “Plan Administrator” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of Directors designated by the Board.

 

2.21 “Plan Year” shall mean each calendar year with the first plan year beginning January 1, 2018.

 

2.22 “Termination” shall mean termination of a Director’s service as a member of the Board for any reason, including by reason of death or disability.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS OF COMPENSATION

 

3.1 Deferral Election. Each Director may elect to have the payment of all or any portion of his or her Compensation for a Plan Year deferred pursuant to the Plan. Each Deferral

Exhibit 10.23

Election shall be made on a deferral election form or other method required by the Company and shall specify (i) the Deferral Amount, (ii) the Deferral Period, and (iii) the Payment Method. For purposes of this Plan, “ Deferral Period ”, with respect to any Deferral Election, shall mean the period commencing on the Allocation Date and ending, at the election of the Director, on the earlier of: (i) the date of the Director’s Termination, or a (ii) a date specified by the Director in his or her Deferral Election.

 

3.2 Timing of Deferral Elections. Deferral Elections in respect of Compensation otherwise payable to Directors in a Plan Year shall be timely if made on or before December 31 of the preceding year; provided ,   however , that with respect to new Directors, Deferral Elections in respect of Compensation payable in the Plan Year in which they become a Director shall be timely if made within 30 days after becoming a Director and applies only to Compensation that is payable for services to be performed subsequent to the date the Deferral Election is made.

 

3.3 Irrevocability. A Deferral Election shall be irrevocable as of the deadline for making elections specified in Section 3.2. A Director may change a Deferral Election in respect of any Plan Year prior to the applicable deadline for such Plan year as specified in Section 3.2.

 

3.4 Modification. A Deferral Election that has become irrevocable may be modified to elect a later benefit commencement date and/or a different form of distribution as permitted under Article 6, subject to this Section 3.4. However, such modification must be made in accordance with the subsequent deferral election rules under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

TREATMENT OF DEFERRAL AMOUNTS

 

4.1 Deferral Account

 

(a) On each Allocation Date, an amount reflecting the Director’s Deferral Amount shall be credited to the Director’s Deferral Account.

 

(b) All Deferral Amounts credited to the Deferral Account shall be invested in accordance with the terms of Article 5 (the actual deferrals, as adjusted for investments gains (or losses) and credits in respect of fractional Stock Units under Section 4.2(d), are collectively referred to herein as the “ Deferral Account Balance ”).

 

4.2 Vesting.   A Director shall be fully (100%) vested in his or her Deferral Account Balance at all times.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

INVESTMENT OF AMOUNTS IN DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS

 

5.1 Investment Options. Each Director shall elect the Investment Options in which Deferral Amounts credited to the Director’s Deferral Account shall be deemed to be allocated. A Director’s Deferral Amounts may be allocated in one percent increments among one or more of

Exhibit 10.23

the Investment Options. If the Director allocates less than 100% of his Deferral Amounts pursuant to this Section 5.1, unallocated Deferral Amounts shall be deemed to be allocated to the Prudential Guaranteed Income Fund (or any like successor fund) under the 401(k) Plan. A Director may change the allocation for subsequent Deferral Amounts to his or her Deferral Account at any time in such manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe.

 

5.2 Reallocation Among Investment Options. Each Director may reallocate his or her Deferral Account Balance among the Investment Options in one percent increments. Changing Investment Options shall be permitted on a daily basis and shall be effected in such manner as the Plan Administrator may prescribe from time to time, which may include an online alternative.

 

5.3 Adjustments to Account Balances. The Directors’ Deferral Account Balance shall be adjusted for gains (or losses) as if such amounts were actually invested in the Investment Options selected by the Directors. Upon a Director’s cessation of service or cessation of active participation in the Plan for any reason, the balances in the Director’s Deferral Account will continue to be allocated among the Investment Options in accordance with this Article 5 until his or her Deferral Account Balance has been completely distributed.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

PAYMENT

 

6.1 Payment Upon End of Deferral Period. Payment of the portion of a Director’s Deferral Account attributable to any Deferral Election will be valued at the end of the month during which the applicable Deferral Period ends at the time and in the manner set forth in this Article 6 and paid in the month following.

 

6.2 Payment Method. Payment of amounts credited to a Director’s Deferral Account shall be made in accordance with the Payment Method elected by the Director in the applicable Deferral Election. For purposes of this Plan, “ Payment Method ” shall mean, with respect to payments of amounts credited to a Director’s Deferral Account pursuant to a Deferral Election, either (i) a lump sum payment on the 15th day of the calendar month following the end of the applicable Deferral Period or (ii) a number of annual installments (not exceeding 10) specified by the Director in his or her Deferral Election, with (x) the first installment to be paid on the 15th day of the calendar month following the end of the applicable Deferral Period and (y) installments subsequent to the first installment to be paid on the 15th day of such calendar month of each succeeding calendar year. Deferred amounts held pending distribution shall continue to be subject to interest credits and adjustments, as provided in Articles 4 and 5. If any payments according to this Section 6.2 cannot timely be made using commercially reasonable efforts, such payment will be made as soon as administratively practical.

 

6.3 Amount of Payment.

 

(a) Lump Sum Payment . If a Director elects a lump sum payment with respect to a Deferral Election, such payment shall consist of cash equal to the value, as of the last

Exhibit 10.23

business day preceding the month of the installment payment, of that portion of the Director’s Deferral Account Balance which is attributable to such Deferral Election.

 

(b) Installment Payments . If a Director elects annual installments with respect to a Deferral Election, the amount payable under each such installment shall be a cash payment equal to the value, as of the last business day preceding the month of the installment payment, of that portion of the Director’s Deferral Account Balance which is attributable to such Deferral Election, divided by the number of remaining installments to be made (including the installment then being made).

 

6.4 Accelerated Payment in the Event of Death. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Deferral Election, in the event a Director dies prior to receiving distribution of his or her entire Deferral Account Balance, payments shall be made to the Beneficiary or, if applicable, to the estate of the Director, in accordance with the applicable Beneficiary designation form then in effect. The Company shall pay to the Beneficiary or, if applicable, to the estate of the Director within thirty (30) days following the Director’s date of death a lump sum cash payment equal to the value of his or her entire Deferral Account Balance.

 

6.5 Accelerated Payment Upon a Change in Control. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Deferral Election, upon a Change in Control, which constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company under Section 409A of the Code, the Company shall pay to each Director within thirty (30) days following the Change in Control or as soon as practical thereafter a lump sum cash payment equal to the value of his or her entire Deferral Account Balance as of the day preceding the distribution.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

7.1 General Powers and Responsibilities of Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan, and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable, and otherwise to supervise the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, or in any Deferral Election hereunder, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary to effectuate the Plan. Any decision, interpretation or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Plan Administrator in connection with the Plan shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator and shall be final, binding and conclusive. A Director shall not participate in any decision involving a request made by him or her or relating in any way to his or her rights, duties, and obligations as a participant in the Plan (unless such decision relates to all Directors generally and in a similar manner).

 

7.2 Liability and Indemnification of Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall not be liable for any action, failure to act, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any transaction hereunder, except for liability arising from his or her

Exhibit 10.23

own willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Plan Administrator for all costs and expenses and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any liability incurred in connection with defending against, responding to, negotiating for the settlement of or otherwise dealing with any claim, cause of action or dispute of any kind arising in connection with any actions in administering this Plan or in authorizing or denying authorization to any transaction hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

The Company, by action of the Board, may amend, modify or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time and for any reason without prior notice to or consent of any Director; provided ,   however , that no amendment, modification or termination of the Plan shall reduce a Director’s Account balance, or change a previously specified Deferral Election as of the date of such amendment, modification or termination.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Nonassignability. Neither a Director nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, any amount payable under the Plan. All amounts payable under the Plan, and all rights to such amounts, are expressly declared to be unassignable and non-transferable. In the case of a Director’s death, payments due under this Plan shall be made in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

9.2 Designation of Beneficiary. Each Director at the time he or she completes a Deferral Election shall designate a beneficiary (a “ Beneficiary ”) and a contingent Beneficiary to whom benefits hereunder are to be paid if the Director dies prior to receiving his or her Deferral Account Balance. A Director may change his or her Beneficiary designations at any time by filing a revised Beneficiary designation form with the Plan Administrator or such other individual or entity designated by the Plan Administrator. If a Director fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, the Company shall pay the Deferral Account Balance to the estate of the Director.

 

9.3 Incapacity. In the event benefits become payable under the Plan after a Director becomes incapacitated, such benefits shall be paid to the Director’s legal guardian or legal representative pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article 6.

 

9.4 No Right To Continued Service. The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be deemed to establish, constitute or be evidence of a right of any Director to remain in service as a member of the Board.

 

9.5 Tax Withholding. The Company or the Plan Administrator shall have the right to withhold from any payment hereunder amounts sufficient to satisfy all Federal, state, local, or other withholding tax requirements.

Exhibit 10.23

9.6 Expenses. The Company will bear all expenses incurred in administering this Plan and no part thereof shall be charged against any Director’s Account or any amounts distributable hereunder.

 

9.7 Unsecured General Creditor. Directors shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. For purposes of the payment of benefits under the Plan, any and all of the Company’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company’s obligations under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money and stock in the future.

 

9.8 Successors. The terms and conditions of the Plan and each Deferral Election shall inure to the benefit of and bind the Company and the Directors, and their successors, assigns, and personal representatives.

 

9.9 Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors: __________, 2018.

Exhibit 21. 1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jurisdiction of

Subsidiaries

 

Incorporation

Capitol Building Supply, Inc.

 

Virginia

Capitol Interior Products, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Capitol Materials Coastal, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Capitol Materials, Incorporated

 

Georgia

Carter Hardware Company

 

Tennessee

Chaparral Materials, Inc. 

 

New Mexico

Cherokee Building Materials, Inc. 

 

Oklahoma

Chicago Gypsum Supply, Inc.

 

Georgia

Colonial Materials, Inc.

 

North Carolina

Commonwealth Building Materials, Inc. 

 

Virginia

Cowtown Materials, Inc. 

 

Texas

Gator Gypsum, Inc. 

 

Florida

GMS Procurement Company, LLC

 

Georgia

GMS Strategic Solutions, Inc. 

 

Georgia

GTS Drywall Supply Company

 

Washington

GYP Holdings II Corp. 

 

Delaware

GYP Holdings III Corp. 

 

Delaware

GYP Holdings IV Corp.

 

Delaware

GYP Holdings V Corp.

 

Delaware

GYP Canada Holdings I ULC

 

British Columbia

GYP Canada Holdings II ULC

 

British Columbia

GYP Canada Holdings LP

 

Delaware

GYP Canada Finance LP

 

Ontario

GYP Canada Holdings III Corp.

 

British Columbia

Canada Gypsum Management and Supply, Inc.

Br

British Columbia

Titan GMS GP Inc.

 

British Columbia

Titan GMS Limited Partnership

 

Manitoba

WSB Titan Inc.

 

Canada

Gypsum Management and Supply, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Gypsum Supply Company

 

Michigan

Gypsum Supply Installed Insulation, LLC

 

Georgia

Lone Star Materials, Inc. 

 

Texas

Midwest Gypsum Supply, Inc.

 

Georgia

Missouri Drywall Supply, Inc. 

 

Missouri

New England Gypsum Supply, Inc.

 

Georgia

Ohio Valley Supply, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Pacific Gypsum Supply, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Pennsylvania Gypsum Company, Inc.

 

Georgia

Pioneer Materials West, Inc. 

 

Colorado

Rio Grande Building Materials, Inc. 

 

Texas

Rocket Installation, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Rocky Top Materials, Inc. 

 

Tennessee

Sun Valley Interior Supply, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Tamarack Materials, Inc. 

 

Minnesota

Tejas Materials, Inc. 

 

Texas

Tool Source Warehouse, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Tucker Acoustical Products, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Tucker Materials, Inc. 

 

Georgia

Wildcat Materials, Inc. 

 

Missouri

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

·

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-217772) pertaining to the 2014 GMS Inc. Stock Option Plan,

 

·

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-221940) pertaining to the GMS Inc. Equity Incentive Plan and the GMS Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan,

 

·

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-221986) of GMS Inc., and

 

·

Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-231268) of GMS Inc.;

 

of our reports dated June 27, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of GMS Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of GMS Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of GMS Inc. for the year ended April 30, 2019.

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Atlanta, Georgia

June 27, 2019

 

Exhibit 23. 2

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-231268 and 333-221986) and on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-217772 and 333-221940 ) of GMS Inc. of our report dated June 30, 2017 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

June 27, 2019

 

 

Exhibit 31. 1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, G. Michael Callahan, Jr., certify that: 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019 of GMS Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

Date: June 27, 2019

 

 

/s/ G. MICHAEL CALLAHAN, JR.

 

 

 

G. Michael Callahan, Jr.

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 31. 2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Lynn Ross, certify that: 

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019 of GMS Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:  June 27, 2019

 

/s/ LYNN ROSS

 

 

Lynn Ross

 

 

Interim Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of GMS Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), G. Michael Callahan, Jr., Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Date:  June 27, 2019

/s/ G. MICHAEL CALLAHAN, JR.

 

G. Michael Callahan, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Exhibit 32. 2

 

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of GMS Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Lynn Ross,  Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge:

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Date:  June 27, 2019

/s/ LYNN ROSS

 

Lynn Ross

Interim Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)